{"title":"Vegan Supplements","description":"\u003cp\u003eVegan supplements made in the UK to GMP standards: magnesium, B12, vitamin D3 from algae, iron, zinc, omega 3 from algae and flax, and more. Every product here is free of animal ingredients.\u003c\/p\u003e","products":[{"product_id":"multiple-mineral","title":"Multiple Mineral Liquid","description":"\u003cp\u003eMultiple Mineral Liquid gives you eight minerals in one bottle, each dissolved in purified water in its charged form, for adding to the water you drink. Twenty drops provide potassium, calcium, magnesium, zinc, manganese, selenium, chromium and molybdenum. The bottles come in 100ml, 250ml and 500ml.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eBenefits of taking a multi mineral\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMinerals do different jobs in different places, so a small amount of each one through the day keeps the whole set topped up. These drops are a mineral foundation to sip in water, not a high dose of any single mineral.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMuscles and nerves get the potassium and magnesium they rely on.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBones and teeth stay healthy with calcium and magnesium.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eYour immune system gets zinc and selenium.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eElectrolyte balance stays steady through the day.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFood gets turned into energy with the minerals that process needs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMultiple Mineral Liquid is most useful for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePeople who want eight minerals in one bottle rather than separate capsules.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAnyone who wants a low daily top up they can sip through the day.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThose who cannot swallow capsules.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUsers of a single high dose mineral who want the rest of the set covered underneath it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is in it\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTwenty drops provide 36mg of potassium, 40mg of calcium, 20mg of magnesium, 3mg of zinc, 0.55mg of manganese, 30mcg of selenium, 20mcg of chromium and 27mcg of molybdenum. All of them are chlorides in purified water with a little citric acid. At two servings a day that is a full daily reference value of selenium, chromium and molybdenum and over half of your zinc. Liquid trace minerals, ionic mineral drops and electrolyte drops are other names for it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to take it\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAdd 20 drops to 500ml of water once or twice a day and sip it through the day. The drops dissolve instantly, with a mild mineral taste that is barely noticeable in a full 500ml.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSizes and how long each lasts\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA 100ml bottle holds 75 servings of 20 drops, a 250ml bottle about 187 and a 500ml bottle about 375.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDiet and allergens\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe liquid is suitable for vegans and vegetarians. It is free from gluten, dairy and nuts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuality\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe liquid is made in the UK in a GMP certified cleanroom facility accredited to ISO 9001 and ISO 14001. Every batch is traceable from raw material to finished product. Like every supplement Nutri Tailor stocks, it is practitioner grade and guaranteed additive free.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow does a liquid multi mineral compare with capsules?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e The liquid gives eight minerals as chlorides in water at small amounts, so twenty drops tops up the whole set rather than delivering a high dose of any one. A capsule gives a single mineral at a fixed, larger amount, which suits anyone told to raise that mineral specifically.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much should I take a day?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Take 20 drops in 500ml of water once or twice a day. Two servings give you 60mcg of selenium, 40mcg of chromium, 6mg of zinc and 54mcg of molybdenum, with useful baseline amounts of the larger minerals.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhen is the best time to take it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e You can take it at any time of day, sipped through the day to keep your intake steady rather than all at once.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I take it with other supplements?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Yes. It works as a foundation alongside a single mineral capsule such as Magnesium Bisglycinate (Glycinate) Capsules or Zinc Picolinate Capsules when you need more of one mineral than the drops give.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it enough on its own if I am low in a mineral?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e No. The amounts are a daily top up, not a replacement for a higher dose of magnesium, zinc or calcium where that is needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it have a taste?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e The taste is mildly mineral, which you will barely notice once it is diluted in a full 500ml of water.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDelivery and returns\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder before 2pm Monday to Friday and your drops are dispatched the same day from the UK. Standard UK delivery by Royal Mail Tracked 48 takes 2 to 4 working days and costs £3.35, or it is free when you spend £35 or more. Faster delivery is available at checkout. Nutri Tailor also ships worldwide, with duties and taxes shown before you pay. You can return unopened items within 30 days of delivery. New customers get 10% off their first order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Nutri Tailor\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNutri Tailor is rated 4.6 out of 5, \"Excellent\", on Trustpilot. Every supplement is chosen by experienced nutritional therapists. Kasia Key, Registered Associate Nutritionist, says: \"I use Nutri Tailor for myself and my clients because you can be certain that their supplements are industry leading quality.\"\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSources\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe information on this page draws on the NHS and the NIH Office of Dietary Supplements.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Metabolics","offers":[{"title":"100ml","offer_id":50182395756818,"sku":"MULTM100","price":26.88,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"250ml","offer_id":50182395789586,"sku":"MULTM250","price":37.19,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"500ml","offer_id":50182395822354,"sku":"MULTM500","price":73.26,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0787\/9462\/1202\/files\/MultipleMineral_6670867a-f9f5-405b-ad3f-1902b70244cf.jpg?v=1740702231"},{"product_id":"dha","title":"DHA from Algae Capsules","description":"\u003cp\u003eDHA from Algae Capsules give you DHA, the omega 3 fat concentrated in the brain and retina, from algae oil rather than fish. Each soft gel capsule provides 200mg of DHA with 5mg of vitamin E. You take one or two a day with a meal that contains fat. One pot holds 60 capsules.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eBenefits of taking DHA\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDHA, docosahexaenoic acid, is the omega 3 fat the brain and eyes hold most of. Fish get it from algae, so algae oil is the original source and the one that suits vegans. DHA contributes to the maintenance of normal brain function and normal vision at a daily intake of 250mg, which two capsules cover. It is the omega 3 that vegans and people who eat little fish most often go short of.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBrain function stays normal with 250mg of DHA a day, which two capsules provide.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVision stays normal at the same intake.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCells get protection from oxidative stress from the vitamin E, which also keeps the oil stable.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFish is left out, so the capsules suit vegans and anyone who dislikes fish oil.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDHA from Algae Capsules are most useful for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVegans and vegetarians, who get no DHA from food unless they take algae oil.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePeople who eat little oily fish and want DHA without the fish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAnyone pregnant or breastfeeding who has been advised DHA by a practitioner.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf you eat fish and want EPA alongside DHA, Omega 3 Fish Oil Softgels give both.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is in it\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach capsule provides 200mg of DHA from algae oil and 5mg of vitamin E, which is 42% of the daily reference value, in a soft gel capsule that suits vegans. Algal DHA, algae omega 3 and vegan DHA are other names for it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMaternal intake of DHA contributes to the normal development of the brain and eyes of the foetus and of breastfed infants, at 200mg a day on top of the recommended daily omega 3 intake for adults.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to take it\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTake one or two capsules a day with a meal that contains fat, because DHA is fat soluble. One capsule gives 200mg, while two give 400mg and meet the 250mg a day the brain and vision claims need. Morning or evening makes no difference.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDiet and allergens\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe capsules are suitable for vegans and vegetarians. They are free from gluten, dairy and nuts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuality\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe capsules are made in the UK in a GMP certified cleanroom facility accredited to ISO 9001 and ISO 14001. Every batch is traceable from raw material to finished product. Like every supplement Nutri Tailor stocks, they are practitioner grade and guaranteed additive free.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere does the DHA come from?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Algae oil, not fish. The algae is the original source of marine omega 3, which is what makes these capsules suitable for vegetarians and vegans.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much DHA should I take a day?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e One capsule gives 200mg. Two capsules give 400mg, which covers the 250mg a day at which DHA contributes to normal brain function and vision. A pot of 60 lasts two months at one a day or one month at two.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the difference between EPA and DHA?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Both are omega 3 fats from the sea. DHA is the one built into the brain and retina, which is why the brain and vision claims belong to it. EPA has its own claim alongside DHA for the heart, at 250mg of the two combined. Fish oil supplies both, while algae oil here supplies DHA.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I take it with prescribed tablets?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e If you take prescribed tablets, including any that thin the blood, speak to your GP or pharmacist first, because omega 3 fats can add to their effect.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I take it with other supplements?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Yes. It is often taken alongside Vitamin D3 and K2 Capsules, because vitamin D is also fat soluble and suits the same fat containing meal.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes DHA have side effects?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e It is well tolerated at one or two capsules a day with food. Taking it with a meal is the way to avoid any aftertaste, which is rare with algae oil because there is no fish in it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDelivery and returns\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder before 2pm Monday to Friday and your capsules are dispatched the same day from the UK. Standard UK delivery by Royal Mail Tracked 48 takes 2 to 4 working days and costs £3.35, or it is free when you spend £35 or more. Faster delivery is available at checkout. Nutri Tailor also ships worldwide, with duties and taxes shown before you pay. You can return unopened items within 30 days of delivery. New customers get 10% off their first order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Nutri Tailor\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNutri Tailor is rated 4.6 out of 5, \"Excellent\", on Trustpilot. Every supplement is chosen by experienced nutritional therapists. Kasia Key, Registered Associate Nutritionist, says: \"I use Nutri Tailor for myself and my clients because you can be certain that their supplements are industry leading quality.\"\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSources\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe information on this page draws on the product label and the European Food Safety Authority.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Metabolics","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45938561089810,"sku":"DHA_60C","price":39.6,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0787\/9462\/1202\/files\/DHA_42cc392b-771d-4075-89af-4fc13353a946.jpg?v=1740702125"},{"product_id":"vegan-vitamin-d3-k2","title":"Vegan Vitamin D3 and K2 Capsules","description":"\u003cp\u003eVegan Vitamin D3 and K2 Capsules give you vitamin D3 from algae, the plant source, with vitamin K2 as MK-7. Most D3 comes from lanolin, so this is the version for vegans. Each capsule provides 2500 IU of D3 and 200mcg of K2, taken once a day with food, from a pot of 90 capsules that lasts 90 days.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eBenefits of taking vitamin D3 and K2\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eVitamin D helps your body absorb calcium, while vitamin K helps keep it in your bones and keeps blood clotting normally. Together they cover how calcium is taken up and where it goes, which is why the two are so often taken as a pair.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBones and teeth stay strong, because both vitamins act on calcium.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eYour immune system gets the vitamin D it relies on.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMuscles keep working as they should.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBlood clots normally, which is vitamin K's other job.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eVegan Vitamin D3 and K2 Capsules are most useful for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVegans, since the D3 comes from algae rather than lanolin.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAnyone who prefers a plant source of vitamin D.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePeople who have tested low in vitamin D and want one capsule a day to bring it up.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThose who want the long acting MK-7 form of K2, so one capsule a day covers the day.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor the same pair from lanolin, choose Vitamin D3 and K2 Capsules.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is in it\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach capsule provides 62.5mcg of vitamin D3 from algae, which is 2500 IU and 1250% of the daily reference value. With it comes 200mcg of vitamin K2 as menaquinone 7, which is 267%. The capsule shell is vegetable cellulose. Plant based D3 with MK-7 and algal cholecalciferol with menaquinone-7 are other names for the pair.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to take it\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTake one capsule a day with food. Both vitamins are fat soluble, so a meal that contains some fat supports absorption. The 2500 IU amount suits everyday maintenance and a mild shortfall, while a practitioner may advise more for a period if a blood test shows you are low.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDiet and allergens\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe capsules are suitable for vegans and vegetarians. They are free from gluten, dairy and nuts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuality\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe capsules are made in the UK in a GMP certified cleanroom facility accredited to ISO 9001 and ISO 14001. Every batch is traceable from raw material to finished product. Like every supplement Nutri Tailor stocks, they are practitioner grade and guaranteed additive free.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow does algae D3 compare with lanolin D3 and with D2?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Algae D3 is the same molecule as the D3 made from lanolin, cholecalciferol, so it raises blood levels in the same way. The only difference is the source, which makes this one suitable for vegans. D2, the form in many vegan supplements and fortified foods, raises and holds blood levels less reliably than D3.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much vitamin D should I take a day?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Take one capsule a day, which gives you 2500 IU of vitamin D3 and 200mcg of K2. Higher amounts are for a practitioner to decide.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhen is the best time to take it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e You can take it at any time of day, with a meal that contains some fat. Having it with your largest meal makes it easy to remember.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I take it with other supplements?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Yes. It pairs well with Magnesium Bisglycinate (Glycinate) Capsules, because your body uses magnesium to regulate the active form of vitamin D.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I take too much vitamin D?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Yes, because vitamin D is fat soluble, so keep to one capsule a day unless your practitioner says otherwise. A blood test for 25(OH)D is the reliable way to check your level.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy is the K2 MK-7?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e MK-7 is the form of vitamin K2 that stays in circulation longest, so one small daily amount covers the day. MK-4, the other common form, clears within hours and has to be taken several times a day.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDelivery and returns\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder before 2pm Monday to Friday and your capsules are dispatched the same day from the UK. Standard UK delivery by Royal Mail Tracked 48 takes 2 to 4 working days and costs £3.35, or it is free when you spend £35 or more. Faster delivery is available at checkout. Nutri Tailor also ships worldwide, with duties and taxes shown before you pay. You can return unopened items within 30 days of delivery. New customers get 10% off their first order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Nutri Tailor\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNutri Tailor is rated 4.6 out of 5, \"Excellent\", on Trustpilot. Every supplement is chosen by experienced nutritional therapists. Kasia Key, Registered Associate Nutritionist, says: \"I use Nutri Tailor for myself and my clients because you can be certain that their supplements are industry leading quality.\"\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSources\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe information on this page draws on the NIH Office of Dietary Supplements and the European Food Safety Authority.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Metabolics","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45938563481874,"sku":"VGD3K290C","price":41.52,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0787\/9462\/1202\/files\/VeganVitaminD3_K2_72aa24cc-b661-449a-8634-3c6b668a9bc1.jpg?v=1740702098"},{"product_id":"elderberry-immune-support","title":"Elderberry Immune Support Capsules","description":"\u003cp\u003eElderberry Immune Support Capsules combine black elderberry extract with vitamin C, zinc and N-acetyl cysteine in one capsule for the colder months. Each capsule provides elderberry extract equivalent to 3g of berries, with 32mg of vitamin C, 6mg of zinc and 159mg of NAC. You take two capsules once or twice a day with meals. One pot holds 60 capsules, which is a 30 day supply at two a day.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eBenefits of taking Elderberry Immune Support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eElderberry is the fruit with the longest traditional use in winter, while vitamin C and zinc contribute to the normal function of the immune system. N-acetyl cysteine is the form of cysteine the body uses to make glutathione, its main antioxidant. Together they cover the winter routine most people would otherwise build from three or four separate pots.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eYour immune system gets vitamin C and zinc, which contribute to its normal function.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTiredness and fatigue ease with the vitamin C, which contributes to reducing them.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSkin stays normal with the zinc it needs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eElderberry arrives at the equivalent of 3g of berries in each capsule.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGlutathione production gets the cysteine it is limited by, from the NAC.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eElderberry Immune Support Capsules are most useful for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePeople who want one capsule for the winter months rather than separate elderberry, vitamin C, zinc and NAC.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAnyone who takes two a day through winter and moves to four at the first sign of a cold.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThose who take elderberry in short courses rather than all year.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf you want zinc or vitamin C on their own at higher amounts, Zinc Picolinate Capsules and Vitamin C Ascorbic Acid Powder give each separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is in it\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach capsule provides 159mg of black elderberry extract, equivalent to 3g of elderberries, 159mg of N-acetyl cysteine, 32mg of vitamin C, which is 40% of the daily reference value, plus 6mg of zinc, which is 60%. Two capsules give 64mg of vitamin C and 12mg of zinc. Immune complex and elderberry supplement are other names people search for.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to take it\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTake two capsules once or twice a day with meals. Two a day is the usual amount through the winter, while four a day, two with breakfast and two with dinner, is the amount for a short course. Food helps the zinc sit comfortably.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDiet and allergens\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe capsules are suitable for vegans and vegetarians. They are free from gluten, dairy and nuts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuality\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe capsules are made in the UK in a GMP certified cleanroom facility accredited to ISO 9001 and ISO 14001. Every batch is traceable from raw material to finished product. Like every supplement Nutri Tailor stocks, they are practitioner grade and guaranteed additive free.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is in Elderberry Immune Support?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Black elderberry extract equivalent to 3g of berries per capsule, with vitamin C, zinc and N-acetyl cysteine. Vitamin C and zinc carry the authorised claims on this page, while elderberry is the fruit traditionally taken in winter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many capsules should I take a day?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Take two capsules once or twice a day with meals. Two a day is the maintenance amount, while four a day is the short course amount.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhen is the best time to take it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e With meals, because food helps the zinc sit comfortably. Breakfast and dinner work well if you take four a day.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I take it with other supplements?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Yes. It already contains zinc and vitamin C, so count those if you take them separately. Vitamin D3 and K2 Capsules pair well with it in winter, because vitamin D also contributes to the normal function of the immune system.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I take it all year?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Yes, two a day is a maintenance amount of vitamin C and zinc that suits ongoing use. Most people take it through autumn and winter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it have side effects?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Taken with food it is well tolerated. Zinc on an empty stomach can cause nausea, which taking it with meals avoids.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDelivery and returns\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder before 2pm Monday to Friday and your capsules are dispatched the same day from the UK. Standard UK delivery by Royal Mail Tracked 48 takes 2 to 4 working days and costs £3.35, or it is free when you spend £35 or more. Faster delivery is available at checkout. Nutri Tailor also ships worldwide, with duties and taxes shown before you pay. You can return unopened items within 30 days of delivery. New customers get 10% off their first order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Nutri Tailor\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNutri Tailor is rated 4.6 out of 5, \"Excellent\", on Trustpilot. Every supplement is chosen by experienced nutritional therapists. Kasia Key, Registered Associate Nutritionist, says: \"I use Nutri Tailor for myself and my clients because you can be certain that their supplements are industry leading quality.\"\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSources\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe information on this page draws on the European Food Safety Authority and the NIH National Center for Complementary and Integrative Health.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Metabolics","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45938570625298,"sku":"EIS60C","price":23.88,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0787\/9462\/1202\/files\/ElderberryImmuneSupport_a03230fb-7824-44f0-9e9b-37a638af6fbe.jpg?v=1740702019"},{"product_id":"iron-vitamin-c","title":"Iron and Vitamin C Capsules","description":"\u003cp\u003eIron and Vitamin C Capsules give you iron as ferrous bisglycinate, the form least likely to upset the stomach, with the vitamin C that helps it absorb. Each capsule provides 15mg of iron and 400mg of vitamin C, taken once a day with a meal. One pot holds 90 capsules, which is a 90 day supply.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eBenefits of taking iron\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIron is the mineral your red blood cells use to carry oxygen, so running low on it is one of the commonest reasons for feeling tired. Vitamin C increases how much of the iron you absorb.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnergy levels pick up as tiredness and fatigue ease.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRed blood cells and haemoglobin keep forming as they should.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOxygen gets carried around the body properly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eYour immune system gets the iron it relies on.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIron and Vitamin C Capsules are most useful for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePeople whose ferritin has tested low.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAnyone who found other forms of iron hard on the stomach or who got constipated on them.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThose who want one capsule a day they can keep up as a habit, taken with a meal.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is in it\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach capsule provides 15mg of iron as ferrous bisglycinate, which is 107% of the daily reference value, plus 400mg of vitamin C as ascorbic acid, which is 500%. There is nothing else in it apart from the vegetable capsule shell. Gentle iron and chelated iron with vitamin C are other names for it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to take it\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTake one capsule once a day with a meal. Bisglycinate absorbs well with food, unlike ferrous sulphate, so there is no need to take it on an empty stomach. Keep tea, coffee, dairy and calcium supplements at least two hours away from it, which goes for zinc too.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDiet and allergens\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe capsules are suitable for vegans and vegetarians. They are free from gluten, dairy and nuts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuality\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe capsules are made in the UK in a GMP certified cleanroom facility accredited to ISO 9001 and ISO 14001. Every batch is traceable from raw material to finished product. Like every supplement Nutri Tailor stocks, they are practitioner grade and guaranteed additive free.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the difference between ferrous bisglycinate and ferrous sulphate?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Ferrous sulphate and fumarate are the forms in most high street iron, where the free iron they release is what upsets the stomach and causes constipation for many people. Bisglycinate is iron bound to glycine, so it passes through the gut in a form that is absorbed well and is the least likely to cause those effects.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much iron should I take a day?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Take one capsule a day, which gives you 15mg of iron. Iron is for a tested low level, so after three months a follow up blood test for ferritin and haemoglobin will show whether to continue, adjust or stop.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhen is the best time to take iron?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e With a meal, at any time of day, keeping it at least two hours away from tea, coffee, dairy or calcium, which cut absorption.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I take it with other supplements?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Yes, as long as you leave a gap. Zinc competes with iron for absorption, so take Zinc Picolinate Capsules at least two hours apart from it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes iron cause constipation?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Some forms do, because of the free iron they release. Bisglycinate is the gentle form, while the vitamin C in the capsule plus plenty of water help further.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow long does iron take to work?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Give it three months, which is the usual interval before a retest. One pot of 90 capsules covers that.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDelivery and returns\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder before 2pm Monday to Friday and your capsules are dispatched the same day from the UK. Standard UK delivery by Royal Mail Tracked 48 takes 2 to 4 working days and costs £3.35, or it is free when you spend £35 or more. Faster delivery is available at checkout. Nutri Tailor also ships worldwide, with duties and taxes shown before you pay. You can return unopened items within 30 days of delivery. New customers get 10% off their first order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Nutri Tailor\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNutri Tailor is rated 4.6 out of 5, \"Excellent\", on Trustpilot. Every supplement is chosen by experienced nutritional therapists. Kasia Key, Registered Associate Nutritionist, says: \"I use Nutri Tailor for myself and my clients because you can be certain that their supplements are industry leading quality.\"\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSources\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe information on this page draws on the NHS and the NIH Office of Dietary Supplements.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Metabolics","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45938577047826,"sku":"IVC90C","price":26.4,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0787\/9462\/1202\/files\/Iron_VitaminC_6235d6dd-10ea-4176-954c-8d052637d53f.jpg?v=1740701933"},{"product_id":"ashwagandha","title":"Ashwagandha Capsules","description":"\u003cp\u003eAshwagandha Capsules give you a concentrated ashwagandha root extract, standardised to withanolides, the main compounds in the root. Each capsule provides 450mg of a 10 to 1 root extract at 1.5% withanolides. You take two to three capsules a day with food, split across meals. One pot holds 90 capsules, which is a 45 day supply at two a day.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eBenefits of taking ashwagandha\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAshwagandha is a root used in Ayurvedic practice for centuries and one of the adaptogenic herbs, the group traditionally taken during periods of demand. Root powder varies from batch to batch, so this extract concentrates the root ten times and states its withanolide content, which gives every capsule the same measured amount.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEach capsule gives a known amount of withanolides, where plain root powder varies.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDaily intake builds across meals, two or three capsules at a time.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTaking it with food helps absorption and keeps it easy on the stomach.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEvening doses suit people who take it for a calmer night, with one capsule at breakfast and two at dinner.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAshwagandha Capsules are most useful for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePeople going through a demanding stretch at work or at home who want a traditional adaptogen in a measured dose.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAnyone who has tried root powder in drinks and wants a standardised extract instead.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThose who take it in the evening, with the larger dose at dinner.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdults who want the root extract on its own, not inside a blend.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is in it\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach capsule provides 450mg of ashwagandha root extract at 10 to 1, standardised to 1.5% withanolides. The other ingredients are maltodextrin and the vegetable capsule shell. Withania somnifera, Indian ginseng and winter cherry are other names for it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to take it\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTake two to three capsules a day with food, split across meals. Two a day is the usual starting point, while three a day is the stronger amount. If you take it for the evening, take one capsule with breakfast and two with dinner. Allow four to eight weeks of daily use before you judge it. When you stop, taper over one to two weeks rather than stopping at once.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDiet and allergens\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe capsules are suitable for vegans and vegetarians. They are free from gluten, dairy and nuts. Anyone under 16 should not take them.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuality\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe capsules are made in the UK in a GMP certified cleanroom facility accredited to ISO 9001 and ISO 14001. Every batch is traceable from raw material to finished product. Like every supplement Nutri Tailor stocks, they are practitioner grade and guaranteed additive free.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRoot extract or root powder, does the withanolide percentage matter?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Root powder is the ground root as it is, so its withanolide content changes from batch to batch. A standardised extract concentrates the root and states that content, so each capsule gives a known amount. This one is a 10 to 1 extract at 1.5% withanolides, 450mg per capsule. Branded extracts standardise to other percentages at other prices, but the plant and the compounds are the same.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much ashwagandha should I take a day?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Take two to three capsules a day, which gives you 900mg to 1,350mg of the extract. Start at two and move to three if you want the stronger amount.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhen is the best time to take ashwagandha?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e With food, split across your meals. For a calmer evening take the larger share with dinner, which is where its calming side sits.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I take it with other supplements?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Yes. It is often taken alongside Magnesium Bisglycinate (Glycinate) Capsules in the evening, which contribute to normal psychological function. Start with one adaptogen before adding another, so you know how you respond to each.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow long does ashwagandha take to work?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Most people give it four to eight weeks of daily use before judging it. It builds its effect over weeks rather than hours.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes ashwagandha have side effects?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Taken with food it is well tolerated. Taper over one to two weeks when you stop. If you take prescribed tablets, are pregnant or breastfeeding, speak to your GP or pharmacist first.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDelivery and returns\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder before 2pm Monday to Friday and your capsules are dispatched the same day from the UK. Standard UK delivery by Royal Mail Tracked 48 takes 2 to 4 working days and costs £3.35, or it is free when you spend £35 or more. Faster delivery is available at checkout. Nutri Tailor also ships worldwide, with duties and taxes shown before you pay. You can return unopened items within 30 days of delivery. New customers get 10% off their first order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Nutri Tailor\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNutri Tailor is rated 4.6 out of 5, \"Excellent\", on Trustpilot. Every supplement is chosen by experienced nutritional therapists. Kasia Key, Registered Associate Nutritionist, says: \"I use Nutri Tailor for myself and my clients because you can be certain that their supplements are industry leading quality.\"\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSources\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe information on this page comes from the product label and the NIH National Center for Complementary and Integrative Health.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Metabolics","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45938594447634,"sku":"ASH90C","price":28.32,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0787\/9462\/1202\/files\/Ashwagandha_0812c33a-57af-41a4-a1fc-dd7828b176a3.jpg?v=1740701826"},{"product_id":"treg-support","title":"TREG Support Capsules","description":"\u003cp\u003eTREG Support Capsules give you seven plant ingredients in one capsule: Ceylon cinnamon, green tea extract, olive leaf extract, Polygonum cuspidatum extract, turmeric, rosemary leaf extract and piperine. Each capsule provides 96mg of each plant ingredient and 24mg of piperine. You take two capsules twice a day with meals, with breakfast and lunch. One pot holds 120 capsules, which is a 30 day supply.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eBenefits of taking TREG Support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese are plant extracts usually taken together on practitioner advice over a period of weeks. Four of them are standardised, so the amounts of the compounds people compare are known: the green tea to 45% EGCG, the olive leaf to 20% oleuropein, the Polygonum to 25% resveratrol and the rosemary to 25% ursolic acid. Piperine is included to help the fat soluble compounds absorb.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSix plant extracts arrive in one capsule rather than six pots.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStandardised extracts give known amounts of EGCG, oleuropein, resveratrol and ursolic acid.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePiperine raises how much curcumin and resveratrol the body absorbs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFour capsules a day reach 384mg of each plant ingredient.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTREG Support Capsules are most useful for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePeople taking it as part of a practitioner led programme over eight to twelve weeks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAnyone who would otherwise buy green tea, olive leaf, resveratrol, turmeric and cinnamon separately.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThose who take vitamin D3 alongside it, as the label suggests.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is in it\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach capsule provides 96mg each of Ceylon cinnamon, green tea extract at 45% EGCG, olive leaf extract at 20% oleuropein, Polygonum cuspidatum extract at 25% resveratrol, turmeric and rosemary leaf extract at 25% ursolic acid, with 24mg of piperine. The capsule shell is vegetable cellulose. It contains up to 1% naturally occurring caffeine from the green tea.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to take it\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTake two capsules twice a day with meals, ideally breakfast and lunch. Food helps the fat soluble compounds absorb and keeps it easy on the stomach. Four capsules a day give 384mg of each plant ingredient and 96mg of piperine. Allow eight to twelve weeks before you judge it. Piperine can change how the body handles some prescribed tablets, so check with your prescriber if you take any.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDiet and allergens\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe capsules are suitable for vegans and vegetarians. They are free from gluten, dairy and nuts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuality\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe capsules are made in the UK in a GMP certified cleanroom facility accredited to ISO 9001 and ISO 14001. Every batch is traceable from raw material to finished product. Like every supplement Nutri Tailor stocks, they are practitioner grade and guaranteed additive free.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is in TREG Support?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Six plant ingredients at 96mg each, Ceylon cinnamon, green tea, olive leaf, Polygonum cuspidatum, turmeric and rosemary leaf, plus 24mg of piperine. Four of the extracts are standardised, so the amounts of EGCG, oleuropein, resveratrol and ursolic acid are stated on the label.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many capsules should I take a day?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Four, as two with breakfast and two with lunch. A pot of 120 lasts 30 days at that amount.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhen is the best time to take it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e With breakfast and lunch rather than dinner, because the green tea extract carries a little caffeine.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I take it with other supplements?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Yes. The label suggests Vitamin D3 and K2 Capsules alongside it. Count the turmeric and olive leaf if you also take Turmeric and Piperine Capsules or Olive Leaf Extract Capsules.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow long should I take it for?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Eight to twelve weeks is the period the label gives before judging it, which is two to three pots.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it have side effects?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Taken with meals it is well tolerated. The piperine can change how the body handles some prescribed tablets, so speak to your prescriber before starting if you take any.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDelivery and returns\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder before 2pm Monday to Friday and your capsules are dispatched the same day from the UK. Standard UK delivery by Royal Mail Tracked 48 takes 2 to 4 working days and costs £3.35, or it is free when you spend £35 or more. Faster delivery is available at checkout. Nutri Tailor also ships worldwide, with duties and taxes shown before you pay. You can return unopened items within 30 days of delivery. New customers get 10% off their first order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Nutri Tailor\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNutri Tailor is rated 4.6 out of 5, \"Excellent\", on Trustpilot. Every supplement is chosen by experienced nutritional therapists. Kasia Key, Registered Associate Nutritionist, says: \"I use Nutri Tailor for myself and my clients because you can be certain that their supplements are industry leading quality.\"\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSources\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe information on this page comes from the product label.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Metabolics","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45938597855506,"sku":"TREG120C","price":33.73,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0787\/9462\/1202\/files\/TREGSupport_88a712e6-d4a3-41f1-bf4a-b1b8f10ac808.jpg?v=1740701795"},{"product_id":"magnesium-bisglycinate","title":"Magnesium Bisglycinate (Glycinate) Capsules","description":"\u003cp\u003eMagnesium Bisglycinate (Glycinate) Capsules give you magnesium in a gentle, well absorbed form, bound to the amino acid glycine so it is easy on your stomach. Each capsule provides 133mg of magnesium and you take one a day with food. One pot holds 90 capsules, which is a 90 day supply.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eBenefits of taking magnesium\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMagnesium is a mineral your body uses in more than 300 enzyme systems, from turning food into energy to sending nerve signals and contracting muscles. Green vegetables, nuts, wholegrains and beans supply it, so a capsule tops up what your diet already gives you.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnergy levels pick up as tiredness and fatigue ease.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMuscles contract and relax as they should, including the heart.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNerves get the magnesium they use to send signals.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBones hold magnesium as part of their structure, so they get a daily top up.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMood and thinking stay steady, because magnesium supports normal psychological function.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMagnesium Bisglycinate (Glycinate) Capsules are most useful for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePeople whose stomach objected to magnesium citrate or oxide, since bisglycinate is among the gentlest forms.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAnyone who takes magnesium in the evening for sleep, as this is the form most often chosen for that.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWomen around the menopause who want to look after their bones.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThose under stress, since the nervous system relies on magnesium.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is in it\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach capsule provides 133mg of magnesium, which is 35% of the daily reference value, from a blend of magnesium bisglycinate and magnesium oxide. The only other ingredient is the vegetable capsule shell. Magnesium glycinate, magnesium diglycinate and chelated magnesium are other names for bisglycinate.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to take it\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTake one capsule a day with food. Bound to glycine, the magnesium is less affected by the compounds in food that block mineral absorption, so any meal will do. The evening meal suits anyone taking it for sleep.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDiet and allergens\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe capsules are suitable for vegans and vegetarians. They are free from gluten, dairy and nuts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuality\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe capsules are made in the UK in a GMP certified cleanroom facility accredited to ISO 9001 and ISO 14001. Every batch is traceable from raw material to finished product. Like every supplement Nutri Tailor stocks, they are practitioner grade and guaranteed additive free.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs magnesium bisglycinate the same as magnesium glycinate?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Yes. Glycinate, bisglycinate and diglycinate are three names for the same compound, in which each magnesium atom is bound to two molecules of glycine. Chemists call that bond a chelate, which is why it is also sold as chelated magnesium.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much magnesium should I take a day?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Take one capsule a day, which gives you 133mg. UK guidance puts the daily amount adults need at 300mg for men and 270mg for women, counting food and supplements together. It also says 400mg or less a day from supplements is unlikely to cause harm, so one capsule sits comfortably inside both figures.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhen is the best time to take magnesium?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e You can take it at any time of day, with a meal, because magnesium on an empty stomach can cause loose stools. If you take it for sleep, have it with your evening meal, since 100 to 200mg a night is the usual starting amount and one capsule sits inside that.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I take it with vitamin D or other supplements?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Yes. Your body uses magnesium to regulate the active form of vitamin D, so the two are often paired to look after bones. Zinc at normal supplement amounts is another common pairing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes magnesium bisglycinate have side effects?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Bisglycinate has fewer side effects than most forms of magnesium. High doses of any magnesium supplement can cause loose stools or stomach cramps, because unabsorbed magnesium draws water into the gut, but one capsule a day sits well below the amounts where that happens. Anyone with a kidney problem should take advice first.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBisglycinate, citrate or oxide, which should I choose?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Bisglycinate is among the forms least likely to upset your stomach, which is why it is the usual next step after citrate or oxide. Citrate dissolves well and is absorbed more completely than oxide, so Magnesium Citrate Capsules are the choice if you prefer that form.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDelivery and returns\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder before 2pm Monday to Friday and your capsules are dispatched the same day from the UK. Standard UK delivery by Royal Mail Tracked 48 takes 2 to 4 working days and costs £3.35, or it is free when you spend £35 or more. Faster delivery is available at checkout. Nutri Tailor also ships worldwide, with duties and taxes shown before you pay. You can return unopened items within 30 days of delivery. New customers get 10% off their first order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Nutri Tailor\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNutri Tailor is rated 4.6 out of 5, \"Excellent\", on Trustpilot. Every supplement is chosen by experienced nutritional therapists. Kasia Key, Registered Associate Nutritionist, says: \"I use Nutri Tailor for myself and my clients because you can be certain that their supplements are industry leading quality.\"\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSources\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe information on this page draws on the NHS, the NIH Office of Dietary Supplements and Mayo Clinic.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Metabolics","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45938599461138,"sku":"MAGBIS90C","price":24.56,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0787\/9462\/1202\/files\/MagnesiumBisglycinate_2898ac73-4dc3-48df-bb9a-bab20634825f.jpg?v=1740701763"},{"product_id":"ursolic-acid","title":"Ursolic Acid Capsules","description":"\u003cp\u003eUrsolic Acid Capsules give you ursolic acid from rosemary leaf extract, standardised so every capsule is the same. Each capsule provides 80mg and you take two capsules three times a day with meals, which is 480mg a day. One pot holds 180 capsules, which is a 30 day supply.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eBenefits of taking ursolic acid\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUrsolic acid is a waxy plant compound found in apple peel and in herbs such as rosemary, thyme and holy basil. It is one of the plant compounds taken alongside training and protein, yet food gives only small and variable amounts, which is why people who want a measured daily dose use an extract.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEach capsule gives a fixed 80mg, where apple peel or a sprig of rosemary gives an unknown amount.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDaily intake reaches 480mg across three meals.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNothing else is in the capsule, so you can judge it on its own.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTaking it with meals helps the body absorb it, because it is fat soluble.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUrsolic Acid Capsules are most useful for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePeople who train and want ursolic acid as a single ingredient rather than inside a sports blend.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAnyone taking it on a practitioner's or coach's suggestion who wants a UK source with a stated amount per capsule.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThose who want to take it with their protein and creatine as part of a training routine.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is in it\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach capsule provides 80mg of ursolic acid from rosemary leaf extract. There is nothing else in it apart from the vegetable capsule shell. Urson, prunol and malol are other names for it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to take it\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTake two capsules three times a day with meals. Ursolic acid is fat soluble, so meals that contain some fat help it absorb. Six capsules a day gives 480mg.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDiet and allergens\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe capsules are suitable for vegans and vegetarians. They are free from gluten, dairy and nuts. Anyone under 16 should not take them.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuality\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe capsules are made in the UK in a GMP certified cleanroom facility accredited to ISO 9001 and ISO 14001. Every batch is traceable from raw material to finished product. Like every supplement Nutri Tailor stocks, they are practitioner grade and guaranteed additive free.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhich form of ursolic acid is this?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e It is a rosemary leaf extract standardised for ursolic acid, so each capsule gives the same 80mg. There is no separate active form of ursolic acid. What varies between products is the source plant and how much ursolic acid the extract is standardised to.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much ursolic acid should I take a day?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Take two capsules three times a day, which gives you 480mg.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhen is the best time to take ursolic acid?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e With breakfast, lunch and dinner, two capsules each time. Spreading it across meals keeps the amount steady through the day and the food helps it absorb.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I take it with other supplements?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Yes. People who train take it alongside Creatine Monohydrate Powder, which increases performance in short bursts of high intensity exercise, plus Unflavoured Whey Protein Isolate Powder, which gives your muscles the protein they need to grow and stay strong.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes ursolic acid have side effects?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Ursolic acid is well tolerated at this amount when taken with meals. If you take prescribed tablets, are pregnant or breastfeeding, speak to your GP or pharmacist first.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy capsules rather than tablets?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e A capsule is a cellulose shell around the powder, so it needs none of the binders or coating that hold a tablet together.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDelivery and returns\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder before 2pm Monday to Friday and your capsules are dispatched the same day from the UK. Standard UK delivery by Royal Mail Tracked 48 takes 2 to 4 working days and costs £3.35, or it is free when you spend £35 or more. Faster delivery is available at checkout. Nutri Tailor also ships worldwide, with duties and taxes shown before you pay. You can return unopened items within 30 days of delivery. New customers get 10% off their first order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Nutri Tailor\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNutri Tailor is rated 4.6 out of 5, \"Excellent\", on Trustpilot. Every supplement is chosen by experienced nutritional therapists. Kasia Key, Registered Associate Nutritionist, says: \"I use Nutri Tailor for myself and my clients because you can be certain that their supplements are industry leading quality.\"\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSources\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe information on this page comes from the product label and the NIH Office of Dietary Supplements.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Metabolics","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45938605195538,"sku":"URS180C","price":38.28,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0787\/9462\/1202\/files\/UrsolicAcid_79a05ec9-df16-4883-9531-fcf06bd32303.jpg?v=1740701737"},{"product_id":"chromium","title":"Chromium Picolinate Capsules","description":"\u003cp\u003eChromium Picolinate Capsules give you chromium in the picolinate form, the one used in most of the research, for blood sugar balance after meals. Each capsule provides 200mcg of chromium and you take one twice a day with meals. One pot holds 90 capsules, which is a 45 day supply.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eBenefits of taking chromium\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChromium is a trace mineral your body needs in very small amounts. It takes part in how your body handles the carbohydrate, fat and protein in a meal, which is why it is the mineral most often taken for balance after eating.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBlood sugar levels stay in the normal range.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCarbohydrate, fat and protein get metabolised as they should.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnergy stays steadier after meals.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChromium Picolinate Capsules are most useful for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePeople who want help keeping blood sugar steady after meals.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAnyone whose practitioner has suggested chromium with their two main meals.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThose who want the picolinate form at a measured amount, taken with food.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is in it\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach capsule provides 200mcg of chromium, which is 500% of the daily reference value. The other ingredients are cellulose and the vegetable capsule shell. Trivalent chromium and chromium picolinic acid are other names for it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to take it\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTake one capsule twice a day with meals, ideally breakfast and lunch or the two meals where you eat the most carbohydrate. Taking it with food supports its role in your response to that meal.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDiet and allergens\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe capsules are suitable for vegans and vegetarians. They are free from gluten, dairy and nuts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuality\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe capsules are made in the UK in a GMP certified cleanroom facility accredited to ISO 9001 and ISO 14001. Every batch is traceable from raw material to finished product. Like every supplement Nutri Tailor stocks, they are practitioner grade and guaranteed additive free.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy chromium picolinate rather than chromium chloride or GTF chromium?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Picolinate is chromium bound to picolinic acid and is the form used in most of the research, because it is better absorbed than chromium chloride. GTF chromium from yeast is another well absorbed form, but it comes with the yeast.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much chromium should I take a day?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Take one capsule twice a day, which gives you 400mcg. A practitioner may suggest one or two capsules with every meal for a period, which should be guided and monitored by them.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhen is the best time to take chromium?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e With your two main meals, or the two where you eat the most carbohydrate. Chromium works on the meal it is taken with.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I take it with other supplements?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Yes. It can be taken alongside Magnesium Bisglycinate (Glycinate) Capsules, which also supports normal energy release from food.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes chromium have side effects?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Chromium is safe for long term use at standard amounts and does not cause low blood sugar in people whose glucose handling is normal.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy capsules rather than tablets?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e A capsule is a cellulose shell around the powder, so it needs none of the binders or coating that hold a tablet together.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDelivery and returns\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder before 2pm Monday to Friday and your capsules are dispatched the same day from the UK. Standard UK delivery by Royal Mail Tracked 48 takes 2 to 4 working days and costs £3.35, or it is free when you spend £35 or more. Faster delivery is available at checkout. Nutri Tailor also ships worldwide, with duties and taxes shown before you pay. You can return unopened items within 30 days of delivery. New customers get 10% off their first order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Nutri Tailor\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNutri Tailor is rated 4.6 out of 5, \"Excellent\", on Trustpilot. Every supplement is chosen by experienced nutritional therapists. Kasia Key, Registered Associate Nutritionist, says: \"I use Nutri Tailor for myself and my clients because you can be certain that their supplements are industry leading quality.\"\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSources\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe information on this page draws on the NHS and the NIH Office of Dietary Supplements.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Metabolics","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45938605916434,"sku":"CHRPIC90C","price":22.8,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0787\/9462\/1202\/files\/ChromiumPicolinate.jpg?v=1740701711"},{"product_id":"digestade","title":"Digestade Capsules","description":"\u003cp\u003eDigestade Capsules give you turmeric extract, betaine hydrochloride, choline, bromelain and piperine in one capsule, taken shortly before meals. Each capsule provides 250mg of turmeric extract, 75mg of betaine HCl, 50mg of choline, 25mg of bromelain and 2.5mg of piperine. You take two capsules twice a day, 5 to 10 minutes before a meal. One pot holds 120 capsules, which is a 30 day supply.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eBenefits of taking Digestade\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCholine contributes to the maintenance of normal liver function and to normal lipid metabolism. Betaine hydrochloride is a source of hydrochloric acid, the acid the stomach uses to begin protein digestion, which is why it is taken before meals. Bromelain is an enzyme from pineapple that breaks down protein. Turmeric extract standardised to 95% curcuminoids is the form practitioners use, with piperine from black pepper alongside it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLiver function stays normal with the choline, which contributes to maintaining it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLipid metabolism stays normal with the same choline.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBetaine hydrochloride arrives before the meal, as a source of hydrochloric acid.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBromelain adds a protein digesting enzyme at 1200 GDU per gram.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTurmeric extract comes standardised to 95% curcuminoids, with piperine beside it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDigestade Capsules are most useful for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePeople whose practitioner has suggested a before meal digestive combination.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAnyone who would rather take one capsule than three single products.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThose who want betaine HCl with a digestive enzyme in the same capsule.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf you want betaine HCl on its own, at a higher amount you can build up capsule by capsule, Betaine HCl Capsules give 450mg each.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is in it\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach capsule provides 250mg of turmeric extract at 95% curcuminoids, 75mg of betaine hydrochloride, 50mg of choline as choline bitartrate, 25mg of bromelain at 1200 GDU per gram and 2.5mg of piperine. The capsule shell is vegetable cellulose.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThere is no authorised health claim for the formula as a whole. The choline claims are authorised, so the rest of the page describes the other ingredients by what they contain.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to take it\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTake two capsules twice a day, 5 to 10 minutes before a meal. Before lunch and before the evening meal is the usual pattern. Piperine can change how some prescribed tablets are processed, so anyone on prescribed tablets, or in doubt, speaks to a GP or pharmacist first.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDiet and allergens\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe capsules are suitable for vegans and vegetarians. They are free from gluten, dairy and nuts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuality\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe capsules are made in the UK in a GMP certified cleanroom facility accredited to ISO 9001 and ISO 14001. Every batch is traceable from raw material to finished product. Like every supplement Nutri Tailor stocks, they are practitioner grade and guaranteed additive free.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhen should I take Digestade?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Five to ten minutes before a meal, so the betaine hydrochloride and bromelain are in the stomach when food arrives. Two capsules before each of two meals is the label amount.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat does bromelain do?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Bromelain is an enzyme from pineapple that breaks down protein. Digestade provides 25mg at 1200 GDU per gram, the measure of how active the enzyme is.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat does betaine HCl do in this formula?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e It is a source of hydrochloric acid, which the stomach uses to begin protein digestion. Each capsule gives 75mg, so two capsules give 150mg before a meal.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I take it with prescribed tablets?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Check with your GP or pharmacist first. Piperine can change how some prescribed tablets are processed, so anyone on prescribed tablets, or in doubt, speaks to a GP or pharmacist first.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I take it with other supplements?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Yes. It is often taken alongside Enzymase Digestive Enzyme Capsules, which add a wider set of digestive enzymes. Leave Digestade for the meals where you want the betaine HCl.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes Digestade have side effects?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e It is well tolerated at two capsules before meals. Keep it to before food, as the label directs, because the betaine hydrochloride is meant to meet a meal. If you take prescribed tablets, are pregnant or breastfeeding, speak to your GP or pharmacist first.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDelivery and returns\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder before 2pm Monday to Friday and your capsules are dispatched the same day from the UK. Standard UK delivery by Royal Mail Tracked 48 takes 2 to 4 working days and costs £3.35, or it is free when you spend £35 or more. Faster delivery is available at checkout. Nutri Tailor also ships worldwide, with duties and taxes shown before you pay. You can return unopened items within 30 days of delivery. New customers get 10% off their first order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Nutri Tailor\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNutri Tailor is rated 4.6 out of 5, \"Excellent\", on Trustpilot. Every supplement is chosen by experienced nutritional therapists. Kasia Key, Registered Associate Nutritionist, says: \"I use Nutri Tailor for myself and my clients because you can be certain that their supplements are industry leading quality.\"\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSources\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe information on this page draws on the product label and the European Food Safety Authority.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Metabolics","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45938616271122,"sku":"DIGE120C","price":30.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0787\/9462\/1202\/files\/Digestade_758957a5-8a9a-486d-adfb-818fee0bc318.jpg?v=1740701624"},{"product_id":"co-enzyme-q10-100mg","title":"Coenzyme Q10 Capsules","description":"\u003cp\u003eCoenzyme Q10 Capsules give you coenzyme Q10 on its own as ubiquinone, the stable form used in most of the research. Each capsule provides 100mg and you take one a day with a meal that contains some fat. The pots come in 60 caps and 120 caps.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eBenefits of taking coenzyme Q10\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCoenzyme Q10 is a compound found in every cell, where it carries electrons in the reactions that make energy. Levels are highest in the heart, liver and muscles. The body makes it, though levels fall with age and while taking a statin. People take it as a supplement for that reason and as an antioxidant that works alongside vitamin E.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEach capsule gives a fixed 100mg of ubiquinone, with nothing else added.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTaking it with a meal that contains fat helps it absorb, because CoQ10 is fat soluble.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOne capsule a day covers two or four months, depending on the pot.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUbiquinone is the form used in most research, converted by the body to ubiquinol after absorption.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCoenzyme Q10 Capsules are most useful for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePeople who take a statin and have been told by their GP or pharmacist that coenzyme Q10 is worth adding.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAnyone over forty who wants the compound their own production is making less of.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThose who want a plain 100mg capsule without fillers, taken with a meal.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf you want CoQ10 inside a heart formula with the B vitamins and magnesium, Heart Support Capsules give 50mg in two capsules.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is in it\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach capsule provides 100mg of coenzyme Q10 as ubiquinone. The other ingredients are cellulose and the vegetable capsule shell. CoQ10, ubiquinone and ubidecarenone are other names for it. There is no authorised health claim for coenzyme Q10, so Nutri Tailor describes it by what it contains.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to take it\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTake one capsule a day with a meal that contains some fat, because CoQ10 is absorbed poorly on an empty stomach. Morning or evening makes no difference, while taking it at the same meal each day does.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSizes and how long each lasts\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA pot of 60 caps lasts 60 days at one a day, while a pot of 120 caps lasts four months.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDiet and allergens\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe capsules are suitable for vegans and vegetarians. They are free from gluten, dairy and nuts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuality\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe capsules are made in the UK in a GMP certified cleanroom facility accredited to ISO 9001 and ISO 14001. Every batch is traceable from raw material to finished product. Like every supplement Nutri Tailor stocks, they are practitioner grade and guaranteed additive free.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUbiquinone or ubiquinol?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Ubiquinone is the stable, oxidised form used in most of the research, which the body converts to ubiquinol after absorption. Ubiquinol products supply the reduced form directly and cost more. Both need a meal with some fat. This capsule is ubiquinone at 100mg.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much coenzyme Q10 should I take a day?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Take one capsule a day, which gives you 100mg. That is the amount on the label.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhen is the best time to take it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e With a meal that contains some fat, at the same time each day. The evening meal is a good choice if that is where most of your fat is.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I take it with prescribed tablets?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e If you take a statin, warfarin, a blood pressure tablet or any other prescribed tablet, check with your GP or pharmacist first. Coenzyme Q10 is often discussed alongside statins and can affect how warfarin works.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I take it with other supplements?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Yes. It is often taken alongside Vitamin E 400 IU Softgels, because the two antioxidants work together, or with Omega 3 Fish Oil Softgels, which supply the fat that helps it absorb.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy capsules rather than tablets?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e A capsule is a cellulose shell around the powder, so it needs none of the binders or coating that hold a tablet together.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDelivery and returns\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder before 2pm Monday to Friday and your capsules are dispatched the same day from the UK. Standard UK delivery by Royal Mail Tracked 48 takes 2 to 4 working days and costs £3.35, or it is free when you spend £35 or more. Faster delivery is available at checkout. Nutri Tailor also ships worldwide, with duties and taxes shown before you pay. You can return unopened items within 30 days of delivery. New customers get 10% off their first order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Nutri Tailor\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNutri Tailor is rated 4.6 out of 5, \"Excellent\", on Trustpilot. Every supplement is chosen by experienced nutritional therapists. Kasia Key, Registered Associate Nutritionist, says: \"I use Nutri Tailor for myself and my clients because you can be certain that their supplements are industry leading quality.\"\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSources\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe information on this page draws on the product label and the NIH Office of Dietary Supplements.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Metabolics","offers":[{"title":"60 caps","offer_id":50181393744146,"sku":"Q10100060C","price":39.68,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"120 caps","offer_id":50181393940754,"sku":"Q10100120C","price":59.51,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0787\/9462\/1202\/files\/CoenzymeQ10_2828bb75-66e6-4a5f-99f3-d604b0405d85.jpg?v=1740701572"},{"product_id":"taurine","title":"Taurine Capsules","description":"\u003cp\u003eTaurine Capsules give you taurine on its own, the amino acid concentrated in your heart, muscles, brain and eyes. Each capsule provides 480mg and you take one a day with any meal. One pot holds 60 capsules, which is a 60 day supply.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eBenefits of taking taurine\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTaurine is an amino acid that stays free inside cells rather than being built into protein, where it balances fluids, salts and minerals and helps the body process bile acid to break down fat. Your body makes some, while meat, fish and dairy supply the rest, so a vegan diet provides almost none.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCells keep their fluids, salts and minerals in balance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFat gets broken down with the bile acid taurine helps the body make.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOxidative stress gets held off, because taurine is an antioxidant.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eYour eyes get the amino acid most abundant in the retina.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnergy gets produced inside cells with taurine's help.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTaurine Capsules are most useful for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVegans and vegetarians, who get almost no taurine from food.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePeople who take taurine around exercise, where it is studied for oxygen uptake and muscle recovery.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAnyone who wants taurine on its own at a known amount rather than in an energy drink with caffeine and sugar.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is in it\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach capsule provides 480mg of taurine. The other ingredients are cellulose and the vegetable capsule shell. L-taurine is another name for the same compound, because taurine comes in only one form.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to take it\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTake one capsule once a day with any meal. A second capsule brings the day to just under 1g if you want more, which is still at the low end of the amounts used in research.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDiet and allergens\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe capsules are suitable for vegans and vegetarians. They are free from gluten, dairy and nuts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuality\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe capsules are made in the UK in a GMP certified cleanroom facility accredited to ISO 9001 and ISO 14001. Every batch is traceable from raw material to finished product. Like every supplement Nutri Tailor stocks, they are practitioner grade and guaranteed additive free.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCapsules, powder or energy drinks, which is best?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Taurine is one compound, so what varies is the amount and what it comes with. Energy drinks pair it with caffeine and sugar at far higher amounts, while powder suits multi gram doses but needs measuring. These capsules give a fixed 480mg with nothing else, for a moderate daily amount you can take anywhere.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much taurine should I take a day?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Take one capsule a day, which gives you 480mg. Research in adults has used 500mg to 3g a day, with 3g a day the level that can be taken long term with confidence, so one or two capsules sits comfortably inside that.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhen is the best time to take taurine?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e With any meal, at any time of day. Blood levels rise within about ten minutes, peak after about an hour and return to normal within six and a half hours.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I take it with other supplements?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Yes. It can be taken alongside Creatine Monohydrate Powder around training, which increases performance in short bursts of high intensity exercise. Taken with a protein shake it needs no spacing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes taurine have side effects?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Taurine is well tolerated at the amounts used in research. Very high intakes have been linked to nausea, headache and stomach pain, which one capsule a day is nowhere near.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs taurine good for sleep?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Taurine has a calming action on nerve signals in the brain, which is why it comes up in searches about sleep, though the label directs one capsule with any meal. Anyone trying it in the evening is working from that calming action and the timing above.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDelivery and returns\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder before 2pm Monday to Friday and your capsules are dispatched the same day from the UK. Standard UK delivery by Royal Mail Tracked 48 takes 2 to 4 working days and costs £3.35, or it is free when you spend £35 or more. Faster delivery is available at checkout. Nutri Tailor also ships worldwide, with duties and taxes shown before you pay. You can return unopened items within 30 days of delivery. New customers get 10% off their first order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Nutri Tailor\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNutri Tailor is rated 4.6 out of 5, \"Excellent\", on Trustpilot. Every supplement is chosen by experienced nutritional therapists. Kasia Key, Registered Associate Nutritionist, says: \"I use Nutri Tailor for myself and my clients because you can be certain that their supplements are industry leading quality.\"\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSources\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe information on this page draws on the European Food Safety Authority and the NIH Office of Dietary Supplements.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Metabolics","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45938635669778,"sku":"TAURI60C","price":21.46,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0787\/9462\/1202\/files\/Taurine_549500ab-92c5-4666-8799-9664a28123a3.jpg?v=1740701544"},{"product_id":"anti-homocysteine-support","title":"Anti Homocysteine Support Capsules","description":"\u003cp\u003eAnti Homocysteine Support Capsules give you vitamin B2, B6, folate and B12 in their active forms together with choline, the nutrients the body uses to process homocysteine, in one capsule a day. Each capsule provides 6.6mg of vitamin B2, 6.8mg of vitamin B6, 543mcg of folate, 670mcg of vitamin B12 and 221mg of choline. You take one capsule once a day with any meal. One pot holds 90 capsules, which is a 90 day supply.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eBenefits of taking Anti Homocysteine Support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHomocysteine is an amino acid the body makes and then recycles, using folate, vitamin B6, B12 and choline to do it. All four contribute to normal homocysteine metabolism, so taking them together supplies the whole pathway rather than one step of it. Every vitamin is in its active form, with no folic acid, so nothing needs converting first.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHomocysteine metabolism stays normal with the folate, B6, B12 and choline.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTiredness and fatigue ease with the B2, B6, folate and B12, which contribute to reducing them.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRed blood cells form normally with the B6, B12 and folate.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOne capsule a day covers three months from one pot.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eActive forms mean no conversion step, so the full amount is usable as taken.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAnti Homocysteine Support Capsules are most useful for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePeople who have had a homocysteine result from a blood test and want the full set of nutrients in one daily capsule.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAnyone taking methylfolate and methylcobalamin separately who wants them with B2, B6 and choline in one pot.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThose who want active B vitamins without folic acid.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf you want folate on its own, L-Methylfolate 5-MTHF Capsules give it in a single capsule.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is in it\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach capsule provides 6.6mg of vitamin B2 as riboflavin 5 phosphate, 6.8mg of vitamin B6 as P5P, 543mcg of folate as methylfolate, 670mcg of vitamin B12 as methylcobalamin and 221mg of choline as bitartrate. The capsule shell is vegetable cellulose. Homocysteine supplement is the term people search for.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to take it\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTake one capsule once a day with any meal. One capsule is the full daily amount, so there is no building up to do. If you took it because of a homocysteine result, retest after eight to twelve weeks to see where you are.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDiet and allergens\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe capsules are suitable for vegans and vegetarians. They are free from gluten, dairy and nuts. Anyone under 16 should not take them.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuality\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe capsules are made in the UK in a GMP certified cleanroom facility accredited to ISO 9001 and ISO 14001. Every batch is traceable from raw material to finished product. Like every supplement Nutri Tailor stocks, they are practitioner grade and guaranteed additive free.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is homocysteine?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e An amino acid the body makes as a by product and then recycles. Folate, vitamin B6, B12 and choline are the nutrients it uses to do that, which is why they contribute to normal homocysteine metabolism. A blood test shows your level.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many capsules should I take a day?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e One capsule a day, with any meal. A pot of 90 lasts 90 days.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhen is the best time to take it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e With a meal, at any time of day. Breakfast suits most people, because B vitamins are easier to remember in the morning.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy active forms rather than folic acid?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Folic acid and standard B12 need converting before the body can use them, which some people do slowly. Methylfolate, methylcobalamin, P5P and R5P are the forms the body uses directly, so the capsule carries no folic acid.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I take it with other supplements?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Yes. Count the B vitamins if you also take a B complex or a multivitamin. Trimethylglycine from Betaine TMG Capsules is the other nutrient people add for the same pathway.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it have side effects?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Taken with food it is well tolerated. A few people find B vitamins stimulating, which taking it in the morning avoids. High dose B vitamins can turn urine bright yellow, which is harmless.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDelivery and returns\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder before 2pm Monday to Friday and your capsules are dispatched the same day from the UK. Standard UK delivery by Royal Mail Tracked 48 takes 2 to 4 working days and costs £3.35, or it is free when you spend £35 or more. Faster delivery is available at checkout. Nutri Tailor also ships worldwide, with duties and taxes shown before you pay. You can return unopened items within 30 days of delivery. New customers get 10% off their first order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Nutri Tailor\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNutri Tailor is rated 4.6 out of 5, \"Excellent\", on Trustpilot. Every supplement is chosen by experienced nutritional therapists. Kasia Key, Registered Associate Nutritionist, says: \"I use Nutri Tailor for myself and my clients because you can be certain that their supplements are industry leading quality.\"\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSources\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe information on this page draws on the product label and the European Food Safety Authority.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Metabolics","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45938642649362,"sku":"HOM090C","price":30.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0787\/9462\/1202\/files\/AntiHomocysteineSupport_f3475cd9-c84e-401a-8c60-f6f4b1650f51.jpg?v=1740701515"},{"product_id":"hesperidin","title":"Hesperidin Capsules","description":"\u003cp\u003eHesperidin Capsules give you hesperidin, the main flavonoid in oranges, together with bromelain from pineapple stem. Each capsule provides 150mg of hesperidin from bitter orange with 100mg of bromelain, taken once or twice a day with meals. One pot holds 60 capsules, which is a 60 day supply at one a day.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eBenefits of taking hesperidin\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHesperidin is the citrus flavonoid most studied on its own for the veins and capillaries. It sits in the white pith of oranges rather than the juice, so most people get little from food. Bromelain is included because the two are traditionally taken together.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCitrus flavonoid intake rises well beyond what orange juice provides.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBromelain comes in the same capsule, so you do not need a second pot.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEach capsule gives a fixed 150mg of hesperidin, with nothing else added.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTaking it with meals keeps it easy on the stomach.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHesperidin Capsules are most useful for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePeople who take hesperidin for their veins, usually on a practitioner's suggestion, who want it on its own rather than in a mixed formula.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAnyone who prefers hesperidin itself at a measured amount over a blend of citrus bioflavonoids.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThose who want bromelain alongside without buying it separately.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is in it\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach capsule provides 150mg of hesperidin from bitter orange and 100mg of bromelain at 1200 GDU per gram. There is nothing else in it apart from the vegetable capsule shell. Hesperetin-7-rutinoside and citrus bioflavonoid hesperidin are other names for it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to take it\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTake one capsule once or twice a day with meals. One a day is the usual amount for general bioflavonoid support, while two a day is the amount people use when they take it for their veins. Food helps the bromelain sit comfortably.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDiet and allergens\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe capsules are suitable for vegans and vegetarians. They are free from gluten, dairy and nuts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuality\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe capsules are made in the UK in a GMP certified cleanroom facility accredited to ISO 9001 and ISO 14001. Every batch is traceable from raw material to finished product. Like every supplement Nutri Tailor stocks, they are practitioner grade and guaranteed additive free.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHesperidin, diosmin or mixed citrus bioflavonoids?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Hesperidin is the main flavonoid of oranges and the one most studied on its own. Diosmin is a close relative, usually sold in a fixed 9 to 1 blend with hesperidin. Mixed citrus bioflavonoids give several flavonoids without a set amount of any one. These capsules give 150mg of hesperidin itself, with bromelain, for people who want a measured amount of the one compound.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much hesperidin should I take a day?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Take one capsule a day, which gives you 150mg of hesperidin with 100mg of bromelain. Two capsules a day doubles both amounts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhen is the best time to take hesperidin?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e With a meal, at any time of day. If you take two, one with breakfast and one with dinner works well.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I take it with other supplements?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Yes. It is often taken alongside Quercetin Capsules, another flavonoid, plus Vitamin C Ascorbic Acid Powder, which contributes to normal collagen formation for the normal function of blood vessels.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow long does it take to work?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Flavonoids are taken over months rather than days, so give it a few months of daily use before you judge it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes hesperidin have side effects?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Hesperidin is well tolerated at these amounts. Bromelain thins the blood slightly, so speak to your prescriber before starting if you take a blood thinner.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDelivery and returns\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder before 2pm Monday to Friday and your capsules are dispatched the same day from the UK. Standard UK delivery by Royal Mail Tracked 48 takes 2 to 4 working days and costs £3.35, or it is free when you spend £35 or more. Faster delivery is available at checkout. Nutri Tailor also ships worldwide, with duties and taxes shown before you pay. You can return unopened items within 30 days of delivery. New customers get 10% off their first order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Nutri Tailor\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNutri Tailor is rated 4.6 out of 5, \"Excellent\", on Trustpilot. Every supplement is chosen by experienced nutritional therapists. Kasia Key, Registered Associate Nutritionist, says: \"I use Nutri Tailor for myself and my clients because you can be certain that their supplements are industry leading quality.\"\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSources\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe information on this page draws on the NIH Office of Dietary Supplements and the European Food Safety Authority.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Metabolics","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45938643927314,"sku":"HESPE60C","price":25.2,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0787\/9462\/1202\/files\/Hesperidin_b3d3ab9b-fc6d-453e-996f-8d8f121708b3.jpg?v=1740701487"},{"product_id":"quercetin","title":"Quercetin Capsules","description":"\u003cp\u003eQuercetin Capsules give you quercetin on its own, the flavonoid found in onions, apples, capers and tea, at an amount food cannot reach. Each capsule provides 250mg from the buds of Sophora japonica and you take two capsules once or twice a day. One pot holds 60 capsules, which is a 30 day supply at two a day.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eBenefits of taking quercetin\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eQuercetin is the most studied of the plant flavonoids, the yellow pigments behind many of the effects credited to fruit and vegetables. Food supplies only small amounts, so people who want a measured daily amount take it as a capsule, usually with a meal that contains some fat.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFlavonoid intake rises well beyond what a day of fruit and vegetables provides.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEach capsule gives a fixed 250mg, so you know exactly what you are taking.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNothing else is in the capsule, so it slots into any routine without adding other nutrients.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTaking it with food helps the body absorb it, which plain quercetin needs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eQuercetin Capsules are most useful for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePeople pointed at quercetin by a practitioner or their own reading, who want the plain form at a known amount.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAnyone who wants to take 500mg to 1,000mg a day, the range most often used, with two to four capsules.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThose who prefer a single ingredient over a blend, so they can judge it on its own.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf you want quercetin as part of a wider mix, Antioxidant Formula Capsules give 62.5mg in each capsule alongside 25 other antioxidants.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is in it\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach capsule provides 250mg of quercetin from Sophora japonica buds. There is nothing else in it apart from the vegetable capsule shell. Quercetin dihydrate, sophoretin and meletin are other names for it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to take it\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTake two capsules once or twice a day. A meal that contains some fat is the time to take them, because quercetin on its own is poorly absorbed on an empty stomach. If you take it for the gut rather than for the rest of the body, taking it away from food leaves more of it in the gut.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDiet and allergens\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe capsules are suitable for vegans and vegetarians. They are free from gluten, dairy and nuts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuality\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe capsules are made in the UK in a GMP certified cleanroom facility accredited to ISO 9001 and ISO 14001. Every batch is traceable from raw material to finished product. Like every supplement Nutri Tailor stocks, they are practitioner grade and guaranteed additive free.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQuercetin on its own, with bromelain or as a phytosome?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Plain quercetin is the cheapest way to take a measured amount, as long as you take it with food. Quercetin with bromelain adds a pineapple enzyme, a traditional pairing some people prefer. Phytosome forms bind it to a phospholipid to raise absorption at several times the price per milligram. These capsules give 250mg of plain quercetin, which suits most people who take it with meals.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much quercetin should I take a day?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Take two capsules once or twice a day, which gives you 500mg to 1,000mg. That is the range most commonly used.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhen is the best time to take quercetin?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e With a meal, because the fat in food raises how much is absorbed. Morning and evening meals work well if you take it twice a day.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I take it with other supplements?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Yes. It is often taken alongside Vitamin C Ascorbic Acid Powder, a traditional pairing. If you take it with Hesperidin Capsules you also get bromelain, the pineapple enzyme people often pair with quercetin.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes quercetin have side effects?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Quercetin is well tolerated at these amounts when taken with food. It can interact with some antibiotics, blood thinners and ciclosporin, so speak to your prescriber before starting if you take any prescribed tablets.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy capsules rather than tablets?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e A capsule is a cellulose shell around the powder, so it needs none of the binders or coating that hold a tablet together.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDelivery and returns\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder before 2pm Monday to Friday and your capsules are dispatched the same day from the UK. Standard UK delivery by Royal Mail Tracked 48 takes 2 to 4 working days and costs £3.35, or it is free when you spend £35 or more. Faster delivery is available at checkout. Nutri Tailor also ships worldwide, with duties and taxes shown before you pay. You can return unopened items within 30 days of delivery. New customers get 10% off their first order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Nutri Tailor\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNutri Tailor is rated 4.6 out of 5, \"Excellent\", on Trustpilot. Every supplement is chosen by experienced nutritional therapists. Kasia Key, Registered Associate Nutritionist, says: \"I use Nutri Tailor for myself and my clients because you can be certain that their supplements are industry leading quality.\"\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSources\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe information on this page draws on the NIH Office of Dietary Supplements and the European Food Safety Authority.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Metabolics","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45938648219922,"sku":"QUERC60C","price":27.76,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0787\/9462\/1202\/files\/Quercetin_671152a6-9094-4eba-bbe2-41e444894c24.jpg?v=1740701426"},{"product_id":"liver-support","title":"Liver Support Formula Capsules","description":"\u003cp\u003eLiver Support Formula Capsules give you twelve plant compounds and nutrients built around artichoke extract, with choline, turmeric, green tea, quercetin, mixed tocotrienols and vitamin C. Three capsules a day provide about 350mg of artichoke extract, 250mg of green tea extract, 200mg each of quercetin and turmeric extract, 99mg of choline and 99mg of vitamin C. You take three capsules once a day with any meal. One pot holds 90 capsules, which is a 30 day supply.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eBenefits of taking Liver Support Formula\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCholine contributes to the maintenance of normal liver function and to normal fat metabolism, while vitamin C contributes to the normal function of the immune system. Artichoke, turmeric and green tea are the plant extracts most often used alongside those nutrients in practitioner formulas, each standardised so every capsule delivers the same amount of the compound people compare.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eYour liver gets the choline it needs to keep working normally.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFats get metabolised normally with the choline.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eImmune function stays normal with the vitamin C.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eArtichoke extract is standardised to 2.5% cynarin, so the amount is known.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTwelve ingredients arrive in one formula rather than four or five single pots.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLiver Support Formula Capsules are most useful for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePeople whose practitioner has suggested an artichoke and choline combination.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAnyone who would rather take one product than four singles, with every ingredient at a stated amount.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThose who want the formula without milk thistle, which it does not contain.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf you want choline on its own at a higher amount, Choline Capsules give 480mg in two capsules.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is in it\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach capsule provides 116.5mg of artichoke extract at 2.5% cynarin, 83mg of green tea extract at 45% EGCG, 67mg of quercetin, 67mg of turmeric extract at 95% curcuminoids, 33mg of choline and 33mg of vitamin C, with 2.2mg of vitamin E and 8.2mg of mixed tocotrienols. Astaxanthin 1.4mg, plant squalene 1.6mg, phytosterols 0.7mg and piperine 666mcg complete it. The capsule shell is vegetable cellulose, while the green tea extract carries a small amount of caffeine. Liver health supplement is the term people search for.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to take it\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTake three capsules once a day with any meal. Taking them together with food helps the fat soluble parts absorb. The formula contains piperine, which can change how the body handles some prescribed tablets, so check with your prescriber if you take any.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDiet and allergens\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe capsules are suitable for vegans and vegetarians. They are free from gluten, dairy and nuts. Anyone under 16 should not take them.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuality\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe capsules are made in the UK in a GMP certified cleanroom facility accredited to ISO 9001 and ISO 14001. Every batch is traceable from raw material to finished product. Like every supplement Nutri Tailor stocks, they are practitioner grade and guaranteed additive free.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it contain milk thistle?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e No. The main plant extract is artichoke, standardised to cynarin, with turmeric, green tea and quercetin alongside. If you were advised milk thistle specifically, this is a different formula.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many capsules should I take a day?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Three, taken together with a meal. A pot of 90 lasts 30 days.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhen is the best time to take it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e With any meal, at the same time each day. Breakfast or lunch suits most people, because the green tea extract carries a little caffeine.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I take it with other supplements?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Yes. It is often taken alongside Green Support Formula Capsules, which add chlorella, spirulina, NAC and glutathione. Count the turmeric and quercetin if you take those separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it for long term use?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e It is designed for daily use as the label directs. If you have a diagnosed liver condition or take prescribed tablets, speak to your GP or pharmacist first, because several of the plant extracts can interact.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it have side effects?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Taken with food it is well tolerated. The piperine can change how the body handles some prescribed tablets, so speak to your prescriber before starting if you take any.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDelivery and returns\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder before 2pm Monday to Friday and your capsules are dispatched the same day from the UK. Standard UK delivery by Royal Mail Tracked 48 takes 2 to 4 working days and costs £3.35, or it is free when you spend £35 or more. Faster delivery is available at checkout. Nutri Tailor also ships worldwide, with duties and taxes shown before you pay. You can return unopened items within 30 days of delivery. New customers get 10% off their first order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Nutri Tailor\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNutri Tailor is rated 4.6 out of 5, \"Excellent\", on Trustpilot. Every supplement is chosen by experienced nutritional therapists. Kasia Key, Registered Associate Nutritionist, says: \"I use Nutri Tailor for myself and my clients because you can be certain that their supplements are industry leading quality.\"\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSources\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe information on this page draws on the product label and the European Food Safety Authority.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Metabolics","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45938649661714,"sku":"LIVSUP90C","price":39.6,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0787\/9462\/1202\/files\/LiverSupport_58813618-65b1-4ac9-b342-c69e0d850aa9.jpg?v=1740701398"},{"product_id":"magnesium-ascorbate","title":"Magnesium Ascorbate Capsules","description":"\u003cp\u003eMagnesium Ascorbate Capsules give you vitamin C in a buffered form, bound to magnesium so it is less acidic than plain ascorbic acid and gentle on the stomach. Each capsule provides 485mg of vitamin C with 36mg of magnesium, taken one to three times a day with meals from a pot of 90 capsules.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eBenefits of taking buffered vitamin C\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eVitamin C is the vitamin your immune system leans on, which your body also uses to make collagen and to absorb iron. Binding it to magnesium takes the acid edge off, so you can take a higher amount without the stomach discomfort plain ascorbic acid can cause.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eYour immune system gets the vitamin C it relies on.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnergy levels pick up as tiredness and fatigue ease.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCollagen keeps forming for skin, cartilage, bones and gums.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIron from food and supplements is absorbed better.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMuscles and energy release get a little magnesium alongside.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMagnesium Ascorbate Capsules are most useful for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePeople who find plain vitamin C harsh on the stomach, because the magnesium buffers the acid.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAnyone who wants a higher vitamin C intake at times of high demand, taking two or three capsules spread through the day.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThose taking an iron supplement, since vitamin C helps the body absorb iron.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is in it\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach capsule provides 485mg of vitamin C, which is 606% of the daily reference value, plus 36mg of magnesium, which is 10%. There is nothing else in it apart from the vegetable capsule shell. Buffered vitamin C and non-acidic vitamin C are other names for magnesium ascorbate.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to take it\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTake one capsule one to three times a day with meals. One a day covers everyday needs, while two or three a day spread across meals give 970mg to 1455mg of vitamin C at times of high demand.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDiet and allergens\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe capsules are suitable for vegans and vegetarians. They are free from gluten, dairy and nuts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuality\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe capsules are made in the UK in a GMP certified cleanroom facility accredited to ISO 9001 and ISO 14001. Every batch is traceable from raw material to finished product. Like every supplement Nutri Tailor stocks, they are practitioner grade and guaranteed additive free.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the difference between magnesium ascorbate and plain vitamin C?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Magnesium ascorbate is vitamin C bound to magnesium, which makes it buffered and less acidic in the stomach than ascorbic acid. The vitamin C is the same, so Vitamin C Ascorbic Acid Powder is the cheaper way to take a high dose if you tolerate acid well.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much vitamin C should I take a day?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Take one capsule a day for everyday cover, which gives you 485mg of vitamin C. At times of high demand you can take two or three a day, spread across meals.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhen is the best time to take it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Take it with meals, spread across the day, because vitamin C is absorbed better in smaller amounts than in one large dose.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I take it with other supplements?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Yes. It pairs well with an iron supplement, because vitamin C helps your body absorb iron. The magnesium sits comfortably alongside vitamin D and zinc.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes buffered vitamin C have side effects?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Buffered vitamin C is gentle on the stomach, so the digestive discomfort that high doses of plain ascorbic acid can cause is unlikely.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the magnesium count towards my daily intake?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Yes. Each capsule gives you 36mg of magnesium, which is 10% of the daily reference value, so three capsules a day add 108mg.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDelivery and returns\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder before 2pm Monday to Friday and your capsules are dispatched the same day from the UK. Standard UK delivery by Royal Mail Tracked 48 takes 2 to 4 working days and costs £3.35, or it is free when you spend £35 or more. Faster delivery is available at checkout. Nutri Tailor also ships worldwide, with duties and taxes shown before you pay. You can return unopened items within 30 days of delivery. New customers get 10% off their first order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Nutri Tailor\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNutri Tailor is rated 4.6 out of 5, \"Excellent\", on Trustpilot. Every supplement is chosen by experienced nutritional therapists. Kasia Key, Registered Associate Nutritionist, says: \"I use Nutri Tailor for myself and my clients because you can be certain that their supplements are industry leading quality.\"\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSources\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe information on this page draws on the NIH Office of Dietary Supplements and the European Food Safety Authority.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Metabolics","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45938651660562,"sku":"MAGA90C","price":28.8,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0787\/9462\/1202\/files\/MagnesiumAscorbate_8a3ba8af-f651-4318-bdf6-6d4bccca42ab.jpg?v=1740701371"},{"product_id":"green-support-formula","title":"Green Support Formula Capsules","description":"\u003cp\u003eGreen Support Formula Capsules give you organic chlorella, organic spirulina and cilantro with N-acetyl cysteine and reduced glutathione in one capsule. Each capsule provides 100mg each of chlorella, spirulina, cilantro and NAC, with 50mg of glutathione. You take two capsules twice a day with meals. One pot holds 120 capsules, which is a 30 day supply.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eBenefits of taking Green Support Formula\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChlorella and spirulina are the two greens most used in practitioner formulas, while cilantro is the herb most often taken with them. Glutathione is the body's own main antioxidant, while NAC supplies the cysteine the body is limited by when it makes more. The greens are organic, so the formula pairs them with the antioxidant and its raw material in one capsule.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eChlorella and spirulina come in organic form, 400mg of each across a day.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGlutathione arrives as the reduced form, with the NAC the body uses to make its own alongside.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFour ingredients that are usually four pots come in one capsule.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStarting at one capsule twice a day lets you build up gently in the first week.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGreen Support Formula Capsules are most useful for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePeople who want the greens and the antioxidant pair in one formula rather than separate products.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAnyone taking it alongside Liver Support Formula Capsules as part of a practitioner led routine.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThose new to chlorella and spirulina who want to start low and build up.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf you want glutathione on its own, Glutathione Capsules give 200mg of reduced glutathione in each capsule.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is in it\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach capsule provides 100mg of organic chlorella, 100mg of organic spirulina, 100mg of cilantro, 100mg of N-acetyl cysteine and 50mg of reduced glutathione. The capsule shell is vegetable cellulose. Naturally occurring sulphites are present, as the label states. Greens supplement and green food supplement are other names for it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to take it\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTake two capsules twice a day with meals, which gives 400mg each of chlorella, spirulina, cilantro and NAC with 200mg of glutathione a day. Food reduces the chance of any sensitivity to the algae. If you are new to chlorella or spirulina, start at one capsule twice a day for the first week. Drink plenty of water through the day, at least two litres.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDiet and allergens\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe capsules are suitable for vegans and vegetarians. They are free from gluten, dairy and nuts, though they contain naturally occurring sulphites.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuality\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe capsules are made in the UK in a GMP certified cleanroom facility accredited to ISO 9001 and ISO 14001. Every batch is traceable from raw material to finished product. Like every supplement Nutri Tailor stocks, they are practitioner grade and guaranteed additive free.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is in Green Support Formula?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Organic chlorella, organic spirulina, cilantro, N-acetyl cysteine and reduced glutathione, at the amounts listed above. Nutri Tailor describes it by what it contains and makes no claim about toxins or cleansing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many capsules should I take a day?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Four, as two with breakfast and two with dinner. Start at one twice a day for the first week if the greens are new to you.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhen is the best time to take it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e With meals, at the same times each day. Food keeps the algae comfortable on the stomach.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I take it with other supplements?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Yes. It is often taken alongside Liver Support Formula Capsules and Coriander, Fennel and Parsley Liquid as a routine. Count the NAC if you also take N-Acetyl Cysteine NAC Capsules.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it contain sulphites?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Yes, naturally occurring sulphites, which the label states. Anyone sensitive to sulphites should not take it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it have side effects?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Most people take it without noticing anything. Starting low and taking it with food keeps the greens comfortable. If you feel unwell after starting it, stop and speak to a pharmacist or GP.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDelivery and returns\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder before 2pm Monday to Friday and your capsules are dispatched the same day from the UK. Standard UK delivery by Royal Mail Tracked 48 takes 2 to 4 working days and costs £3.35, or it is free when you spend £35 or more. Faster delivery is available at checkout. Nutri Tailor also ships worldwide, with duties and taxes shown before you pay. You can return unopened items within 30 days of delivery. New customers get 10% off their first order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Nutri Tailor\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNutri Tailor is rated 4.6 out of 5, \"Excellent\", on Trustpilot. Every supplement is chosen by experienced nutritional therapists. Kasia Key, Registered Associate Nutritionist, says: \"I use Nutri Tailor for myself and my clients because you can be certain that their supplements are industry leading quality.\"\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSources\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe information on this page comes from the product label.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Metabolics","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45938657034514,"sku":"GRES120C","price":38.4,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0787\/9462\/1202\/files\/GreenSupportFormula_3fb0a472-f877-4fbe-badb-200624b99c6c.jpg?v=1740701341"},{"product_id":"magnesium-citrate-malate","title":"Magnesium Citrate Malate Capsules","description":"\u003cp\u003eMagnesium Citrate Malate Capsules give you magnesium bound to two organic acids, citric acid and malic acid, both well absorbed forms of the mineral. Each capsule provides 71mg of magnesium and the label amount is two capsules twice a day with meals. The capsules come in pots of 90 caps and 250 caps.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eBenefits of taking magnesium\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMagnesium is a mineral your body uses in more than 300 enzyme systems, from turning food into energy to sending nerve signals and contracting muscles. Malic acid takes part in the reactions that release energy inside cells, which is why this pairing is picked for energy and tired muscles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnergy levels pick up as tiredness and fatigue ease.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMuscles contract and relax as they should.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNerves get the magnesium they use to send signals.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBones and teeth stay healthy with the magnesium they contain.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMagnesium Citrate Malate Capsules are most useful for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePeople who take magnesium for energy and tired muscles.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAnyone who wants the absorption of citrate with a gentler effect on the bowel.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThose who take a calming magnesium at night and want a daytime form alongside it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is in it\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach capsule provides 71mg of magnesium, which is 19% of the daily reference value. There are no fillers or binders, only magnesium citrate, magnesium malate and the vegetable capsule shell. Citrate malate magnesium is another name for it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to take it\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTake two capsules twice a day with meals, which gives you 284mg of magnesium. For everyday maintenance two capsules once a day may be enough, while for fatigue or tired, aching muscles the full four capsules are the amount to take.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSizes and how long each lasts\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA pot of 90 caps lasts about three weeks at four a day, while a pot of 250 caps lasts about two months.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDiet and allergens\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe capsules are suitable for vegans and vegetarians. They are free from gluten, dairy and nuts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuality\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe capsules are made in the UK in a GMP certified cleanroom facility accredited to ISO 9001 and ISO 14001. Every batch is traceable from raw material to finished product. Like every supplement Nutri Tailor stocks, they are practitioner grade and guaranteed additive free.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow does citrate malate compare with bisglycinate or plain citrate?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Citrate malate sits between the two single forms. Plain citrate is well absorbed and can loosen the bowel at higher amounts, while bisglycinate is the gentlest and the usual evening choice. Citrate malate is picked for daytime use by people who want a well absorbed magnesium without the laxative edge of straight citrate.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much magnesium citrate malate should I take a day?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Take two capsules twice a day with meals, which gives you 284mg. For a lighter top up, two capsules once a day give 142mg.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhen is the best time to take it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Take it during the day with meals, because the malate supports energy release. It is not the form to take just before bed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I take it with other supplements?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Yes. A common approach is this product during the day for energy with Magnesium Bisglycinate (Glycinate) Capsules in the evening for sleep and relaxation. Magnesium also pairs well with vitamin D, zinc and the B vitamins, while calcium is best taken about two hours apart.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes magnesium citrate malate have side effects?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e The citrate part has a mild loosening effect on the bowel at higher amounts, so take fewer capsules if your stools loosen. Otherwise magnesium at this amount is well tolerated.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat are the signs I might need magnesium?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Muscle cramps, poor sleep, low energy and tension are the signs people most often report. A blood test can confirm your level.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDelivery and returns\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder before 2pm Monday to Friday and your capsules are dispatched the same day from the UK. Standard UK delivery by Royal Mail Tracked 48 takes 2 to 4 working days and costs £3.35, or it is free when you spend £35 or more. Faster delivery is available at checkout. Nutri Tailor also ships worldwide, with duties and taxes shown before you pay. You can return unopened items within 30 days of delivery. New customers get 10% off their first order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Nutri Tailor\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNutri Tailor is rated 4.6 out of 5, \"Excellent\", on Trustpilot. Every supplement is chosen by experienced nutritional therapists. Kasia Key, Registered Associate Nutritionist, says: \"I use Nutri Tailor for myself and my clients because you can be certain that their supplements are industry leading quality.\"\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSources\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe information on this page draws on the NHS, the NIH Office of Dietary Supplements and Mayo Clinic.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Metabolics","offers":[{"title":"90 caps","offer_id":50182372327698,"sku":"MAGNE90C","price":22.08,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"250 caps","offer_id":50182372360466,"sku":"MAGNE250C","price":36.59,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0787\/9462\/1202\/files\/MagnesiumCitrate_Malate_3777596c-3127-4e04-a9aa-b3815e20439c.jpg?v=1740701221"},{"product_id":"inositol","title":"Myo-Inositol Capsules","description":"\u003cp\u003eMyo-Inositol Capsules give you myo-inositol on its own, the form of inositol found most in the body and used in most of the research, with no D-chiro blend. Each capsule provides 500mg and you take two to three capsules, one to three times a day, with or without food. One pot holds 90 capsules, which is a 45 day supply at two a day.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eBenefits of taking myo-inositol\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eInositol is a sugar like compound the body makes and also gets from food, which takes part in the signalling that goes on inside cells. Myo-inositol makes up almost all of the inositol in the body, which is why people who take it usually want this form alone rather than a blend.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEach capsule gives a fixed 500mg, so a daily amount is easy to count.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNothing else is in the capsule, so there are no fillers or binders.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCapsules have no taste, unlike the powder.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDaily amounts can be spread across the day, two or three capsules at a time.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMyo-Inositol Capsules are most useful for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePeople pointed at myo-inositol by a practitioner or their own reading who want the plain form at a known amount.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAnyone who wants to build up gradually from two capsules a day.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThose who prefer capsules to a powder they have to measure.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is in it\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach capsule provides 500mg of myo-inositol. There is nothing else in it apart from the vegetable capsule shell. Vitamin B8 and inositol capsules are other names people search for, though inositol is not a true vitamin.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to take it\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTake two to three capsules, one to three times a day, with or without food. Most people start at two capsules once a day and spread a higher amount across the day. There is no authorised health claim for inositol, so Nutri Tailor describes it by what it contains.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDiet and allergens\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe capsules are suitable for vegans and vegetarians. They are free from gluten, dairy and nuts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuality\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe capsules are made in the UK in a GMP certified cleanroom facility accredited to ISO 9001 and ISO 14001. Every batch is traceable from raw material to finished product. Like every supplement Nutri Tailor stocks, they are practitioner grade and guaranteed additive free.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMyo-inositol or D-chiro-inositol, capsules or powder?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Myo-inositol is the form that makes up almost all of the inositol in the body and the one used in most research. D-chiro-inositol is a minor form that some blends add at 40 to 1, which is a different product. Powder is cheaper for multi gram amounts but has a faint sweet taste and needs measuring, while these capsules give a fixed 500mg with no taste.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much inositol should I take a day?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Two capsules once a day is where most people start, which is 1g. The label allows up to three capsules three times a day, which is 4.5g, so there is room to build up.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhen is the best time to take it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e With or without food, at any time of day. Most people split the daily amount across the day.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I take it with other supplements?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Yes. It is a single ingredient with no known clash with common supplements. Magnesium Bisglycinate (Glycinate) Capsules are a common partner in the evening.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes inositol have side effects?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Inositol is well tolerated at these amounts, because it is a compound the body makes itself. If you take prescribed tablets, are pregnant or breastfeeding, speak to your GP or pharmacist first.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy capsules rather than tablets?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e A capsule is a cellulose shell around the powder, so it needs none of the binders or coating that hold a tablet together.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDelivery and returns\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder before 2pm Monday to Friday and your capsules are dispatched the same day from the UK. Standard UK delivery by Royal Mail Tracked 48 takes 2 to 4 working days and costs £3.35, or it is free when you spend £35 or more. Faster delivery is available at checkout. Nutri Tailor also ships worldwide, with duties and taxes shown before you pay. You can return unopened items within 30 days of delivery. New customers get 10% off their first order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Nutri Tailor\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNutri Tailor is rated 4.6 out of 5, \"Excellent\", on Trustpilot. Every supplement is chosen by experienced nutritional therapists. Kasia Key, Registered Associate Nutritionist, says: \"I use Nutri Tailor for myself and my clients because you can be certain that their supplements are industry leading quality.\"\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSources\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe information on this page comes from the product label.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Metabolics","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45938685280530,"sku":"INOS90C","price":25.07,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0787\/9462\/1202\/files\/Inositol_45fd6c69-f519-4e9d-9e38-a4985e2ba1bf.jpg?v=1740701192"},{"product_id":"zinc","title":"Zinc Picolinate Capsules","description":"\u003cp\u003eZinc Picolinate Capsules give you zinc bound to picolinic acid, one of the better absorbed forms and gentle on the stomach. Each capsule provides 13.8mg of zinc and you take one or two a day with a meal, from a pot of 120 capsules.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eBenefits of taking zinc\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eZinc is a mineral your immune system, skin and hormones all depend on. Intake is often low in people who eat little meat or shellfish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eYour immune system gets the zinc it relies on.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSkin, hair and nails stay healthy.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFertility and reproduction stay normal.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThinking and memory keep working as they should.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eZinc Picolinate Capsules are most useful for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePeople who eat little meat or shellfish, the main food sources of zinc.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAnyone who wants a moderate daily amount in a form that is easy on the stomach.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThose going into cold season or recovering from being run down, when two capsules a day is the amount to take.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCouples looking after fertility, which zinc contributes to.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf you cannot swallow capsules or want to adjust the amount by the drop, Super Zinc Liquid gives 8mg of zinc in ten drops.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is in it\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach capsule provides 13.8mg of zinc, which is 138% of the daily reference value. The other ingredients are cellulose and the vegetable capsule shell. Chelated zinc and zinc picolinic acid are other names for it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to take it\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTake one or two capsules a day, with or just after a meal. One a day is the everyday amount, while two a day is for periods of increased need such as cold season, after illness or when working on skin, hair or hormonal concerns.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDiet and allergens\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe capsules are suitable for vegans and vegetarians. They are free from gluten, dairy and nuts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuality\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe capsules are made in the UK in a GMP certified cleanroom facility accredited to ISO 9001 and ISO 14001. Every batch is traceable from raw material to finished product. Like every supplement Nutri Tailor stocks, they are practitioner grade and guaranteed additive free.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy zinc picolinate rather than citrate, gluconate or oxide?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Picolinate is zinc bound to picolinic acid, a form the body absorbs well. Citrate and gluconate are also well absorbed, while oxide is the cheapest and the least well absorbed. Picolinate is the usual choice for a moderate daily amount that is easy on the stomach.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much zinc should I take a day?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Take one capsule a day for everyday use, or two a day at times of increased need. Long term intake above 40mg a day can lower copper, so keep to the label amount.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhen is the best time to take zinc?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Take it with or just after a meal, because zinc on an empty stomach can cause nausea. Meals that include protein support absorption.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I take it with other supplements?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Yes, as long as you leave a gap. Zinc competes with iron, calcium and high dose magnesium for absorption, so take those at least two hours apart. If you take zinc every day for a long time, Copper Citrate Capsules keep the two minerals in balance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes zinc have side effects?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Nausea is the one to know about, which happens when zinc is taken on an empty stomach, so take it with food.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat are the signs I might be low in zinc?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Changes in taste, slow healing skin and getting run down more often are the signs people report. A blood test can confirm your level.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDelivery and returns\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder before 2pm Monday to Friday and your capsules are dispatched the same day from the UK. Standard UK delivery by Royal Mail Tracked 48 takes 2 to 4 working days and costs £3.35, or it is free when you spend £35 or more. Faster delivery is available at checkout. Nutri Tailor also ships worldwide, with duties and taxes shown before you pay. You can return unopened items within 30 days of delivery. New customers get 10% off their first order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Nutri Tailor\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNutri Tailor is rated 4.6 out of 5, \"Excellent\", on Trustpilot. Every supplement is chosen by experienced nutritional therapists. Kasia Key, Registered Associate Nutritionist, says: \"I use Nutri Tailor for myself and my clients because you can be certain that their supplements are industry leading quality.\"\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSources\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe information on this page draws on the NHS and the NIH Office of Dietary Supplements.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Metabolics","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45938688688402,"sku":"ZINCP120C","price":22.31,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0787\/9462\/1202\/files\/ZincPicolinate_31a541bb-14a7-4612-a366-92d891671815.jpg?v=1740701164"},{"product_id":"enzymase","title":"Enzymase Digestive Enzyme Capsules","description":"\u003cp\u003eEnzymase Digestive Enzyme Capsules give you nine digestive enzymes from plant and fungal sources in one capsule, covering protein, fat, starch, lactose and plant fibre. Each capsule provides 300mg of the enzyme blend, with the activity of every enzyme stated in standard units. You take one capsule with breakfast and one with lunch. One pot holds 60 capsules, which is a 30 day supply.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eBenefits of taking Enzymase\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEnzymes break food down so its nutrients can be absorbed, while the body's own supply falls with age and stress. A broad blend taken at the start of a meal adds to what your body makes rather than replacing it, which is why people take it with the meals that sit heavily.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProtein, fat, starch, lactose and fibre each get an enzyme that acts on them.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGluten and dairy proteins get extra attention from the DPP-IV peptidase in the blend.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEvery enzyme has its activity stated in units, so the strength is known rather than implied by weight.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlant and fungal sources make it suitable for vegans.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEnzymase Digestive Enzyme Capsules are most useful for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePeople whose meals sit heavily and who want a broad enzyme blend rather than a single enzyme.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAnyone eating out who wants cover for gluten and dairy proteins from the DPP-IV activity.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThose building a wider digestive routine who want enzymes with meals alongside a probiotic before them.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOlder adults, because the body's own enzyme output falls with age.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf protein is the part of the meal that sits heavily, PRO3 Protease Capsules give proteases only at a higher strength.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is in it\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach capsule provides 300mg of an enzyme blend: alpha amylase 5,700 SKB, neutral protease 600 PC, acid stable protease 900 HUT, peptidase 105 DPP-IV, fungal lactase 990 ALU, lipase 47 FIP, cellulase 255 CU, bromelain 56 GDU and papain 2,772 TU. The other ingredients are maltodextrin and the vegetable capsule shell, while the enzyme blend itself contains sulphites. Digestive enzyme complex is another name for it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to take it\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTake one capsule with breakfast and one with lunch, swallowed just before or with the first few mouthfuls, so the enzymes are in the stomach before the bulk of the meal arrives. A third capsule can be taken with dinner if you need it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDiet and allergens\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe capsules are suitable for vegans and vegetarians. They are free from gluten, dairy and nuts, though the enzyme blend contains sulphites.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuality\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe capsules are made in the UK in a GMP certified cleanroom facility accredited to ISO 9001 and ISO 14001. Every batch is traceable from raw material to finished product. Like every supplement Nutri Tailor stocks, they are practitioner grade and guaranteed additive free.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat does each enzyme do?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Amylase breaks down starch, the two proteases and the peptidase break down protein, lactase breaks down the sugar in milk, lipase breaks down fat, cellulase breaks down plant fibre, while bromelain and papain are the protein enzymes from pineapple and papaya.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many capsules should I take a day?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Take one with breakfast and one with lunch, which is two a day. A third with dinner is allowed if you need it, which makes a pot last 20 days.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhen is the best time to take digestive enzymes?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Just before or with the first mouthfuls of a meal. Taken after the meal they arrive too late to do much.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I take it with other supplements?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Yes. It is often taken alongside Combocillus Probiotic Capsules, which are taken before food in the morning while the enzymes go with the meal itself. GAP3 Enzyme Capsules add cover for beans, grains and greens.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it a probiotic?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e No. It is a blend of enzymes, not live bacteria, so it needs no fridge and is taken with food rather than on an empty stomach.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy capsules rather than tablets?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e A capsule is a cellulose shell around the powder, so it needs none of the binders or coating that hold a tablet together.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDelivery and returns\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder before 2pm Monday to Friday and your capsules are dispatched the same day from the UK. Standard UK delivery by Royal Mail Tracked 48 takes 2 to 4 working days and costs £3.35, or it is free when you spend £35 or more. Faster delivery is available at checkout. Nutri Tailor also ships worldwide, with duties and taxes shown before you pay. You can return unopened items within 30 days of delivery. New customers get 10% off their first order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Nutri Tailor\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNutri Tailor is rated 4.6 out of 5, \"Excellent\", on Trustpilot. Every supplement is chosen by experienced nutritional therapists. Kasia Key, Registered Associate Nutritionist, says: \"I use Nutri Tailor for myself and my clients because you can be certain that their supplements are industry leading quality.\"\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSources\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe information on this page comes from the product label.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Metabolics","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45938689343762,"sku":"ENZYM060C","price":22.02,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0787\/9462\/1202\/files\/Enzymase.jpg?v=1740701133"},{"product_id":"gap3","title":"GAP3 Enzyme Capsules","description":"\u003cp\u003eGAP3 Enzyme Capsules give you the three enzymes for beans, grains and greens: alpha galactosidase, alpha amylase and phytase, all from fungal sources. Each capsule provides 525mg of the blend and you take one at the start of any meal that contains beans, lentils, grains or cruciferous vegetables. One pot holds 120 capsules, which lasts two to four months for most people.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eBenefits of taking GAP3\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBeans and pulses contain sugars the human gut cannot break down, which is why they cause wind, while grains and seeds hold minerals bound up in phytate. Alpha galactosidase breaks down the bean sugars, phytase releases the minerals and amylase breaks down starch, so the three together cover a plant based meal.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBean and pulse sugars get broken down before they reach the bacteria that turn them into wind.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMinerals bound up in grains and seeds get released by the phytase.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStarch gets broken down by the amylase.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOnly the meals that need it get a capsule, so a pot lasts months for most people.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGAP3 Enzyme Capsules are most useful for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePeople moving to a plant based diet who find beans and lentils hard going.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAnyone on a high fibre diet with a lot of brassicas such as broccoli, cabbage and sprouts.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThose who already take a broad enzyme blend and want extra cover for the plant foods.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor protein, fat and starch together at every meal, Enzymase Digestive Enzyme Capsules are the broad blend.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is in it\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach capsule provides 525mg of an enzyme blend: alpha galactosidase 95 GAL units, alpha amylase 32 SKB units and phytase 105 FTU units, from Aspergillus fungal sources. The other ingredients are maltodextrin and the vegetable capsule shell. Alpha galactosidase supplement and bean enzyme are other names for it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to take it\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTake one capsule at the start of a meal containing beans, lentils, grains or cruciferous vegetables, swallowed with a little water just before you eat, so the enzyme is in the stomach before the food. It does not need to go with every meal, only the ones with those foods.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDiet and allergens\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe capsules are suitable for vegans and vegetarians. They are free from gluten, dairy and nuts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuality\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe capsules are made in the UK in a GMP certified cleanroom facility accredited to ISO 9001 and ISO 14001. Every batch is traceable from raw material to finished product. Like every supplement Nutri Tailor stocks, they are practitioner grade and guaranteed additive free.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhich foods is it for?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Beans, lentils, chickpeas and other pulses, whole grains and seeds, plus cruciferous vegetables such as broccoli, cabbage, cauliflower and sprouts. A meal without those does not need a capsule.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many capsules should I take?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e One at the start of each meal that contains those foods. Most people take one or two a day, so a pot of 120 lasts two to four months.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhen is the best time to take GAP3?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Just before the first mouthful, because the enzyme has to be in the stomach when the food arrives. Taken after the meal it arrives too late to help.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I take it with other supplements?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Yes. It can be taken at the same meal as Enzymase Digestive Enzyme Capsules when you want the broad blend plus the plant food cover. Combocillus Probiotic Capsules go before breakfast rather than with the meal.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it a probiotic?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e No. It is a blend of enzymes, not live bacteria, so it needs no fridge and is taken with food.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy capsules rather than tablets?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e A capsule is a cellulose shell around the powder, so it needs none of the binders or coating that hold a tablet together.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDelivery and returns\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder before 2pm Monday to Friday and your capsules are dispatched the same day from the UK. Standard UK delivery by Royal Mail Tracked 48 takes 2 to 4 working days and costs £3.35, or it is free when you spend £35 or more. Faster delivery is available at checkout. Nutri Tailor also ships worldwide, with duties and taxes shown before you pay. You can return unopened items within 30 days of delivery. New customers get 10% off their first order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Nutri Tailor\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNutri Tailor is rated 4.6 out of 5, \"Excellent\", on Trustpilot. Every supplement is chosen by experienced nutritional therapists. Kasia Key, Registered Associate Nutritionist, says: \"I use Nutri Tailor for myself and my clients because you can be certain that their supplements are industry leading quality.\"\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSources\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe information on this page comes from the product label.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Metabolics","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45938690588946,"sku":"EGAP120C","price":32.4,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0787\/9462\/1202\/files\/GAP3_445689cc-736f-4bb1-ad23-27959b2a0026.jpg?v=1740701105"},{"product_id":"lectin-support","title":"Lectin Support Capsules","description":"\u003cp\u003eLectin Support Capsules give you six sugars and fibres that lectins in food can bind to instead of the gut lining: N-acetyl glucosamine, okra powder, larch arabinogalactan, D-mannose, xanthan gum and bladderwrack. You take two capsules with water 10 to 15 minutes before a meal that contains lectins. One pot holds 120 capsules, which is 60 servings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eBenefits of taking Lectin Support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLectins are proteins in beans, grains, tomatoes, peppers and dairy that some people find hard to tolerate. Each ingredient here is something a lectin can attach to, so the formula is taken before the meal on the principle of giving the lectins something else to bind before they reach the gut wall. The bladderwrack also supplies iodine, which contributes to normal thyroid function.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLectins in the meal meet six binding compounds already in the stomach.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eYour thyroid gets the iodine it needs to work normally, 150mcg in each capsule.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOnly the meals that contain lectins need a serving, so a pot goes a long way.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVegans can take it, because the N-acetyl glucosamine is a vegan form and the rest is plant or seaweed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLectin Support Capsules are most useful for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePeople who follow a lectin aware way of eating and want to eat beans, grains and nightshades more freely.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAnyone eating out who cannot control what is in the meal.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThose already taking N-acetyl glucosamine for the gut who want the wider binding mix before meals.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf you want N-acetyl glucosamine on its own at a higher amount, N-Acetyl Glucosamine Capsules give 250mg in each capsule.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is in it\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach capsule provides 170mg of N-acetyl glucosamine, 90mg of okra powder, with 75mg each of larch arabinogalactan, D-mannose, xanthan gum and bladderwrack extract. Bladderwrack supplies 150mcg of iodine, which is 100% of the daily reference value. The capsule shell is vegetable cellulose. Lectin blocker and lectin supplement are other names for it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to take it\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTake two capsules with a glass of water 10 to 15 minutes before eating, so the binding compounds are in the stomach before the food. Repeat before other meals if they also contain beans, lentils, grains, tomatoes, peppers or dairy. A meal without those does not need a serving. Two capsules give 300mcg of iodine, so count that if you take iodine separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDiet and allergens\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe capsules are suitable for vegans and vegetarians. They are free from gluten, dairy and nuts. Anyone under 16 should not take them.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuality\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe capsules are made in the UK in a GMP certified cleanroom facility accredited to ISO 9001 and ISO 14001. Every batch is traceable from raw material to finished product. Like every supplement Nutri Tailor stocks, they are practitioner grade and guaranteed additive free.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat are lectins?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Proteins found in beans, lentils, grains, nightshades such as tomatoes and peppers, plus dairy. Most people digest them without trouble, while some find meals heavy in them hard to tolerate and either avoid those foods or take a binder before eating them.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many capsules should I take?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Two before a meal that contains lectins. Before each such meal if you have more than one in a day.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhen is the best time to take Lectin Support?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Ten to fifteen minutes before the meal, with water. The timing is the whole point, because the compounds need to be in the stomach before the lectins arrive.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I take it with other supplements?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Yes. For the gut it is often taken alongside L-Glutamine Capsules, also taken before food, plus Combocillus Probiotic Capsules before breakfast. Count the iodine if you take Iodine 11 Liquid Drops as well.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it have side effects?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e It is well tolerated at two capsules before meals. The bladderwrack supplies iodine, so if you take prescribed thyroid tablets, speak to your GP or pharmacist first.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy capsules rather than tablets?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e A capsule is a cellulose shell around the powder, so it needs none of the binders or coating that hold a tablet together.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDelivery and returns\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder before 2pm Monday to Friday and your capsules are dispatched the same day from the UK. Standard UK delivery by Royal Mail Tracked 48 takes 2 to 4 working days and costs £3.35, or it is free when you spend £35 or more. Faster delivery is available at checkout. Nutri Tailor also ships worldwide, with duties and taxes shown before you pay. You can return unopened items within 30 days of delivery. New customers get 10% off their first order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Nutri Tailor\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNutri Tailor is rated 4.6 out of 5, \"Excellent\", on Trustpilot. Every supplement is chosen by experienced nutritional therapists. Kasia Key, Registered Associate Nutritionist, says: \"I use Nutri Tailor for myself and my clients because you can be certain that their supplements are industry leading quality.\"\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSources\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe information on this page draws on the product label and the European Food Safety Authority.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Metabolics","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45938692489490,"sku":"LECS120C","price":31.68,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0787\/9462\/1202\/files\/LectinSupport_3329dbc2-7e8e-4fea-a019-ec79c66745b0.jpg?v=1740701079"},{"product_id":"choline","title":"Choline Capsules","description":"\u003cp\u003eCholine Capsules top up a nutrient most people get too little of, which your liver and brain rely on. Two capsules a day provide 480mg. One pot holds 60 capsules, which is a 30 day supply.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eBenefits of taking choline\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYour body makes only a little choline, so the rest has to come from food such as eggs, liver and fish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eYour liver gets the choline it needs to work as it should.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFat metabolism keeps running smoothly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHomocysteine levels stay in the normal range.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNerves use choline to make acetylcholine, one of their chemical messengers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCholine Capsules are most useful for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePeople who eat few eggs, liver or fish, the main food sources of choline.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVegans and vegetarians, whose diets leave out all three.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAnyone taking B vitamins to keep homocysteine down, since choline helps with the same job.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is in it\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach capsule provides 240mg of choline as choline bitartrate, which is also called choline hydrogen tartrate. There is nothing else in it apart from the vegetable capsule shell.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to take it\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTake two capsules once a day with food, which gives you 480mg of choline.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDiet and allergens\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe capsules are suitable for vegans and vegetarians. They are free from gluten, dairy and nuts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuality\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe capsules are made in the UK in a GMP certified cleanroom facility accredited to ISO 9001 and ISO 14001. Every batch is traceable from raw material to finished product. Like every supplement Nutri Tailor stocks, they are practitioner grade and guaranteed additive free.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this choline bitartrate, citicoline or alpha-GPC?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e This is choline bitartrate, the simplest way to raise your choline intake. Citicoline and alpha-GPC cost several times more for the same amount of choline.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much choline should I take a day?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Take two capsules once a day, which gives you 480mg of choline. That sits within the adequate intake for most adults, so you do not need more unless a practitioner has advised it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhen is the best time to take choline?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e You can take it at any time of day, with food.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I take it with other supplements?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Yes. Choline is often taken alongside the B vitamins, because both help keep homocysteine in the normal range.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo I need to take choline with fat?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e No. Choline dissolves in water, so any meal will do. Taking it with food is still worth doing, because it is easier on your stomach that way.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy capsules rather than tablets?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e A capsule is a cellulose shell around the powder, so it needs none of the binders or coating that hold a tablet together.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDelivery and returns\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder before 2pm Monday to Friday and your capsules are dispatched the same day from the UK. Standard UK delivery by Royal Mail Tracked 48 takes 2 to 4 working days and costs £3.35, or it is free when you spend £35 or more. Faster delivery is available at checkout. Nutri Tailor also ships worldwide, with duties and taxes shown before you pay. You can return unopened items within 30 days of delivery. New customers get 10% off their first order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Nutri Tailor\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNutri Tailor is rated 4.6 out of 5, \"Excellent\", on Trustpilot. Every supplement is chosen by experienced nutritional therapists. Kasia Key, Registered Associate Nutritionist, says: \"I use Nutri Tailor for myself and my clients because you can be certain that their supplements are industry leading quality.\"\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSources\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe information on this page comes from the product label.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Metabolics","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45938693800210,"sku":"CHOL600C","price":20.52,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0787\/9462\/1202\/files\/Choline_2c5ec718-42d3-4b67-afe2-7e9d701e9e60.jpg?v=1740701052"},{"product_id":"magnesium-citrate","title":"Magnesium Citrate Capsules","description":"\u003cp\u003eMagnesium Citrate Capsules give you magnesium bound to citric acid, a form that dissolves readily and is absorbed well. Each capsule provides 85mg of magnesium and the label amount is two capsules twice a day with meals. One pot holds 90 capsules, which lasts about three weeks at that amount.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eBenefits of taking magnesium\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMagnesium is a mineral your body uses in more than 300 enzyme systems, from turning food into energy to sending nerve signals and contracting muscles. Citrate also draws a little water into the bowel, which many people welcome.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnergy levels pick up as tiredness and fatigue ease.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMuscles contract and relax as they should.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNerves get the magnesium they use to send signals.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBones and teeth stay healthy with the magnesium they contain.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMagnesium Citrate Capsules are most useful for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePeople who want a well absorbed magnesium that also keeps them regular.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAnyone who wants a higher daily amount, since four capsules give 340mg.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThose who found oxide poorly absorbed, because citrate dissolves readily in the gut.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf you would rather have no effect on the bowel at all, Magnesium Bisglycinate (Glycinate) Capsules are the gentle form.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is in it\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach capsule provides 85mg of magnesium as citrate, which is 23% of the daily reference value. There are no fillers or binders, only magnesium citrate and the vegetable capsule shell.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to take it\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTake two capsules twice a day with meals, or as your practitioner advises. If your stools loosen, take fewer capsules or take them earlier in the day.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDiet and allergens\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe capsules are suitable for vegans and vegetarians. They are free from gluten, dairy and nuts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuality\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe capsules are made in the UK in a GMP certified cleanroom facility accredited to ISO 9001 and ISO 14001. Every batch is traceable from raw material to finished product. Like every supplement Nutri Tailor stocks, they are practitioner grade and guaranteed additive free.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow does magnesium citrate compare with bisglycinate and malate?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Citrate dissolves readily, is well absorbed and at higher amounts draws a little water into the bowel. Bisglycinate is the gentlest on the stomach and the usual evening choice, while malate is more often taken in the daytime for energy. All three are well absorbed, so the choice comes down to how your digestion responds.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much magnesium citrate should I take a day?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Take two capsules twice a day with meals, which gives you 340mg of magnesium. For a lighter top up, two capsules once a day give 170mg and a pot then lasts six weeks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhen is the best time to take magnesium citrate?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Take it with meals, split across the day. If the citrate loosens your bowel, take it earlier in the day or take fewer capsules.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I take it with other supplements?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Yes. Your body uses magnesium to regulate the active form of vitamin D, so the two are often paired to look after bones. Zinc and the B vitamins are other common pairings, while calcium is best taken about two hours apart because the two compete for absorption.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes magnesium citrate have side effects?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Citrate has a mild loosening effect on the bowel at higher amounts, which many people welcome. If it is more than you want, take fewer capsules or choose bisglycinate, which has no effect on the bowel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat are the signs I might need magnesium?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Muscle cramps, poor sleep, low energy and tension are the signs people most often report. A blood test can confirm your level.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDelivery and returns\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder before 2pm Monday to Friday and your capsules are dispatched the same day from the UK. Standard UK delivery by Royal Mail Tracked 48 takes 2 to 4 working days and costs £3.35, or it is free when you spend £35 or more. Faster delivery is available at checkout. Nutri Tailor also ships worldwide, with duties and taxes shown before you pay. You can return unopened items within 30 days of delivery. New customers get 10% off their first order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Nutri Tailor\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNutri Tailor is rated 4.6 out of 5, \"Excellent\", on Trustpilot. Every supplement is chosen by experienced nutritional therapists. Kasia Key, Registered Associate Nutritionist, says: \"I use Nutri Tailor for myself and my clients because you can be certain that their supplements are industry leading quality.\"\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSources\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe information on this page draws on the NHS, the NIH Office of Dietary Supplements and Mayo Clinic.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Metabolics","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45938696454418,"sku":"MAGCI90C","price":22.08,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0787\/9462\/1202\/files\/MagnesiumCitrate_37c7126e-efc8-4418-93dd-cd91fcc32ec4.jpg?v=1740701021"},{"product_id":"adrenalmax","title":"Adrenalmax Capsules","description":"\u003cp\u003eAdrenalmax Capsules give you ten ingredients in one capsule for periods of sustained demand: vitamin B12, biotin and magnesium with L-glutamine, choline, betaine, green tea extract, olive leaf extract, L-theanine and taurine. Four capsules a day provide 672mg of glutamine, 336mg of green tea extract, 268mg of olive leaf extract and 136mg each of the two amino acids. You take two capsules with breakfast and two with lunch. One pot holds 120 capsules, which is a 30 day supply.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eBenefits of taking Adrenalmax\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eVitamin B12 and magnesium contribute to the reduction of tiredness and fatigue and to normal psychological function, while biotin and B12 contribute to normal energy release from food. The amino acids and plant extracts are the ones most often used alongside those nutrients in practitioner formulas for busy periods, taken in the first half of the day.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTiredness and fatigue ease with the vitamin B12 and magnesium.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePsychological function stays normal with the B12, biotin and magnesium.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnergy gets released from food with the B12 and biotin.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGlutamine, theanine, taurine and the plant extracts come in the same capsule rather than five pots.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTwo meals a day cover it, with nothing to take in the evening.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAdrenalmax Capsules are most useful for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePeople in a long stretch of sustained demand at work or at home who want one daytime formula.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAnyone who would otherwise take glutamine, theanine, green tea and olive leaf separately.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThose who want a daytime formula without a caffeine style lift.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf you want the nutrients for the nervous system with rhodiola rather than this mix, Stress Support Capsules are the alternative.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is in it\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach capsule provides 168mg of L-glutamine, 84mg of green tea extract at 45% EGCG, 67mg of olive leaf extract at 20% oleuropein, 34mg of L-theanine, 34mg of taurine, 20mg of betaine citrate, 20mg of magnesium as citrate, 17mg of choline, 50mcg of biotin and 34mcg of vitamin B12 as methylcobalamin. The capsule shell is vegetable cellulose. The green tea extract carries a small amount of caffeine. Adrenal support formula is the term people search for.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to take it\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTake two capsules with breakfast and two with lunch. Splitting the four across the two meals keeps the amounts steady through the working day. Avoid the evening, because the green tea extract carries caffeine, which can affect sleep.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDiet and allergens\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe capsules are suitable for vegans and vegetarians. They are free from gluten, dairy and nuts. Anyone under 16 should not take them.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuality\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe capsules are made in the UK in a GMP certified cleanroom facility accredited to ISO 9001 and ISO 14001. Every batch is traceable from raw material to finished product. Like every supplement Nutri Tailor stocks, they are practitioner grade and guaranteed additive free.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs Adrenalmax a stimulant?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e No. The lift comes from vitamin B12, biotin and magnesium, which contribute to normal energy release and to reducing tiredness and fatigue, rather than from caffeine. The green tea extract carries a small amount of caffeine, far less than a cup of tea.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many capsules should I take a day?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Four, as two with breakfast and two with lunch. A pot of 120 lasts 30 days.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhen is the best time to take it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Breakfast and lunch, as the label directs. Keep it out of the evening because of the green tea.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I take it with other supplements?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Yes. Count the magnesium if you also take Magnesium Bisglycinate (Glycinate) Capsules, which many people add in the evening. Start with one adaptogen formula before adding another, so you know how you respond.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow long does it take to work?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e The B vitamins and magnesium are used from the first day, while the plant extracts build over a few weeks. Judge it after a full pot.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it have side effects?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Taken with meals it is well tolerated. Late in the day the green tea can disturb sleep. If you take prescribed tablets, are pregnant or breastfeeding, speak to your GP or pharmacist first.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDelivery and returns\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder before 2pm Monday to Friday and your capsules are dispatched the same day from the UK. Standard UK delivery by Royal Mail Tracked 48 takes 2 to 4 working days and costs £3.35, or it is free when you spend £35 or more. Faster delivery is available at checkout. Nutri Tailor also ships worldwide, with duties and taxes shown before you pay. You can return unopened items within 30 days of delivery. New customers get 10% off their first order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Nutri Tailor\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNutri Tailor is rated 4.6 out of 5, \"Excellent\", on Trustpilot. Every supplement is chosen by experienced nutritional therapists. Kasia Key, Registered Associate Nutritionist, says: \"I use Nutri Tailor for myself and my clients because you can be certain that their supplements are industry leading quality.\"\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSources\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe information on this page draws on the product label and the European Food Safety Authority.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Metabolics","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45938699927826,"sku":"ADMAX120C","price":35.7,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0787\/9462\/1202\/files\/Adrenalmax_ff49a1b3-aeb8-42a3-8c91-0a52b150ee26.jpg?v=1740700991"},{"product_id":"theanine","title":"L-Theanine Capsules","description":"\u003cp\u003eL-Theanine Capsules give you L-theanine on its own, the amino acid found almost only in tea leaves and the compound behind the calm alertness people notice from green tea. Each capsule provides 200mg and you take two capsules, 400mg, once or twice a day with food. One pot holds 60 capsules, which is a 30 day supply at two a day.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eBenefits of taking L-theanine\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTheanine is part of what gives green tea its savoury taste. It is not built into proteins like most amino acids. People take it for the calm focus of green tea without the caffeine, or alongside coffee to take the edge off, without causing drowsiness. A cup of green tea holds a few tens of milligrams, where each capsule holds 200mg.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEach capsule gives a fixed 200mg, where a cup of tea gives a few tens of milligrams.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCaffeine is left out, so you get the theanine without the stimulant.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNothing else is in the capsule, so you can judge theanine on its own.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDaytime and evening both suit it, because it does not cause drowsiness.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eL-Theanine Capsules are most useful for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePeople who have read about theanine and want the 200mg amount most often used.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAnyone who drinks coffee and wants theanine alongside it to smooth the edge.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThose who want a single ingredient capsule with a stated amount, rather than many cups of tea.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf you are after magnesium for the evening rather than theanine, Magnesium Bisglycinate (Glycinate) Capsules contribute to normal psychological function.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is in it\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach capsule provides 200mg of L-theanine. There is nothing else in it apart from the vegetable capsule shell. Theanine and L-theanine refer to the same compound, because the L form is the one found in tea. There is no authorised health claim for theanine, so Nutri Tailor describes it by what it contains.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to take it\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTake two capsules, which is 400mg, once or twice a day with food. Many people take two in the morning with their coffee, or two in the early evening.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDiet and allergens\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe capsules are suitable for vegans and vegetarians. They are free from gluten, dairy and nuts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuality\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe capsules are made in the UK in a GMP certified cleanroom facility accredited to ISO 9001 and ISO 14001. Every batch is traceable from raw material to finished product. Like every supplement Nutri Tailor stocks, they are practitioner grade and guaranteed additive free.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this L-theanine? Does the form matter?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Yes. The capsules contain L-theanine, the form found in green tea and used in research. There is no active or coenzyme form to look for with theanine. What varies between products is the amount per capsule and what else is in it. This one has L-theanine and the capsule shell only.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much theanine should I take a day?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Two capsules give 400mg. Once a day is the usual amount, with a second pair later in the day allowed by the label.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhen is the best time to take theanine?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e With food, at any time of day. Taking it with a morning coffee is the most common choice, because it smooths the caffeine. It does not make you drowsy, so the evening works too.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I take it with other supplements?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Yes. It is often taken alongside Magnesium Bisglycinate (Glycinate) Capsules in the evening, which contribute to normal psychological function. Coffee or tea alongside it is fine too.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes theanine have side effects?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Theanine is well tolerated at these amounts and does not cause drowsiness. If you take prescribed tablets, are pregnant or breastfeeding, speak to your GP or pharmacist first.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy capsules rather than tablets?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e A capsule is a cellulose shell around the powder, so it needs none of the binders or coating that hold a tablet together.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDelivery and returns\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder before 2pm Monday to Friday and your capsules are dispatched the same day from the UK. Standard UK delivery by Royal Mail Tracked 48 takes 2 to 4 working days and costs £3.35, or it is free when you spend £35 or more. Faster delivery is available at checkout. Nutri Tailor also ships worldwide, with duties and taxes shown before you pay. You can return unopened items within 30 days of delivery. New customers get 10% off their first order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Nutri Tailor\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNutri Tailor is rated 4.6 out of 5, \"Excellent\", on Trustpilot. Every supplement is chosen by experienced nutritional therapists. Kasia Key, Registered Associate Nutritionist, says: \"I use Nutri Tailor for myself and my clients because you can be certain that their supplements are industry leading quality.\"\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSources\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe information on this page comes from the product label.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Metabolics","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45938700943634,"sku":"LTHE060C","price":26.4,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0787\/9462\/1202\/files\/Theanine_2e554f48-61bf-499b-9de4-e7f8bb0e4899.jpg?v=1740700961"},{"product_id":"magnesium-malate","title":"Magnesium Malate Capsules","description":"\u003cp\u003eMagnesium Malate Capsules give you magnesium bound to malic acid, the form people pick for energy and tired muscles. Each capsule provides 63mg of magnesium and you take one with each of three meals. One pot holds 90 capsules, which is a 30 day supply.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eBenefits of taking magnesium\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMagnesium is a mineral your body uses in more than 300 enzyme systems, from turning food into energy to sending nerve signals and contracting muscles. Malic acid is part of the cycle that releases energy inside cells, while malate itself has no loosening effect on the bowel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnergy levels pick up as tiredness and fatigue ease.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMuscles contract and relax as they should.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNerves get the magnesium they use to send signals.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBones and teeth stay healthy with the magnesium they contain.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMagnesium Malate Capsules are most useful for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePeople with tired, aching muscles, since malate is the form most often chosen for muscle fatigue.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAnyone who wants magnesium with no loosening effect on the bowel.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThose who prefer a moderate amount spread across three meals.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf muscle relaxation and sleep are the main concern rather than energy, Magnesium Bisglycinate (Glycinate) Capsules taken in the evening are the better choice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is in it\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach capsule provides 63mg of magnesium, which is 17% of the daily reference value. There are no fillers or binders, only magnesium malate and the vegetable capsule shell.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to take it\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTake one capsule three times a day with meals, which gives you 189mg of magnesium. Spreading it across three meals keeps a steady supply of magnesium and malic acid through the day, while taking it with food keeps it easy on the stomach.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDiet and allergens\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe capsules are suitable for vegans and vegetarians. They are free from gluten, dairy and nuts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuality\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe capsules are made in the UK in a GMP certified cleanroom facility accredited to ISO 9001 and ISO 14001. Every batch is traceable from raw material to finished product. Like every supplement Nutri Tailor stocks, they are practitioner grade and guaranteed additive free.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow does magnesium malate compare with bisglycinate and citrate?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Malate is bound to malic acid, a compound involved in energy release, which is why it is more often taken in the daytime. Bisglycinate is the gentlest on the stomach and the usual evening choice, while citrate is well absorbed but can loosen the bowel at higher amounts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much magnesium malate should I take a day?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Take one capsule three times a day with meals, which gives you 189mg of magnesium in total.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhen is the best time to take magnesium malate?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Take it with breakfast, lunch and dinner. Malate is a daytime form, so it is not the one to take just before bed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I take it with other supplements?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Yes. For energy it is often combined with Coenzyme Q10 Capsules, Acetyl L-Carnitine Capsules and the B vitamins, which all take part in releasing energy inside cells. Magnesium also pairs well with vitamin D and zinc, while calcium is best taken about two hours apart.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes magnesium malate have side effects?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Malate has no loosening effect on the bowel, so the only thing to do is take it with food to keep it easy on the stomach.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat are the signs I might need magnesium?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Muscle cramps, poor sleep, low energy and tension are the signs people most often report. A blood test can confirm your level.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDelivery and returns\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder before 2pm Monday to Friday and your capsules are dispatched the same day from the UK. Standard UK delivery by Royal Mail Tracked 48 takes 2 to 4 working days and costs £3.35, or it is free when you spend £35 or more. Faster delivery is available at checkout. Nutri Tailor also ships worldwide, with duties and taxes shown before you pay. You can return unopened items within 30 days of delivery. New customers get 10% off their first order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Nutri Tailor\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNutri Tailor is rated 4.6 out of 5, \"Excellent\", on Trustpilot. Every supplement is chosen by experienced nutritional therapists. Kasia Key, Registered Associate Nutritionist, says: \"I use Nutri Tailor for myself and my clients because you can be certain that their supplements are industry leading quality.\"\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSources\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe information on this page draws on the NHS, the NIH Office of Dietary Supplements and Mayo Clinic.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Metabolics","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45938705957138,"sku":"MAGMA90C","price":22.08,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0787\/9462\/1202\/files\/MagnesiumMalate_4c07a0c4-59ef-4f88-8dc6-d71bdc67069d.jpg?v=1740700930"},{"product_id":"niacin-nadh","title":"NADH Capsules","description":"\u003cp\u003eNADH Capsules give you vitamin B3 in its active coenzyme form, the form that carries energy inside your cells. Each capsule provides 1mg of NADH and you start with two a day, so a pot of 60 capsules lasts you 30 days.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eBenefits of taking NADH\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNADH is the active coenzyme form of niacin, the form your cells use in the energy reactions themselves.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnergy levels pick up as tiredness and fatigue ease.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCells get the coenzyme they use to turn food into energy.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNerves get the B3 they need to work properly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMood and thinking stay steady, because B3 supports normal psychological function.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNADH Capsules are most useful for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePeople with low energy who want the form of B3 their cells use directly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAnyone who prefers to start on a low amount and build up, since the daily amount runs from 2mg to 6mg.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFrequent flyers dealing with jet lag, which is one of the uses practitioners recommend it for.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is in it\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach capsule provides 1mg of NADH. The other ingredients are cellulose and the vegetable capsule shell. Reduced nicotinamide adenine dinucleotide, coenzyme 1 and reduced NAD are other names for NADH.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to take it\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStart with two capsules once a day with a meal, which gives you 2mg. If you need more, take the same amount at a second or third meal, up to 6mg a day.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDiet and allergens\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe capsules are suitable for vegans and vegetarians. They are free from gluten, dairy and nuts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuality\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe capsules are made in the UK in a GMP certified cleanroom facility accredited to ISO 9001 and ISO 14001. Every batch is traceable from raw material to finished product. Like every supplement Nutri Tailor stocks, they are practitioner grade and guaranteed additive free.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the difference between NADH and niacin?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Niacin and niacinamide are the ordinary forms of vitamin B3, which your body has to convert before it can use them. NADH is the active coenzyme form, the one your cells use in the energy reactions themselves.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much NADH should I take a day?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Start with two capsules a day, which gives you 2mg. You can build up to 4mg or 6mg a day in two or three doses, depending on how you respond.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhen is the best time to take NADH?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Take it with meals as a rule. Some practitioners suggest taking it on an empty stomach for energy support or jet lag, because that gives the best absorption.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I take it with other supplements?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Yes. NADH is part of the Energy Optimiser, Fatigue Recovery and Frequent Flyer bundles, so it is made to be taken alongside the other supplements in those.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow long does NADH take to work?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Give each amount two to four weeks to judge how your energy responds, then increase it if you need more.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan NADH make me feel overstimulated?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e A few people find B vitamins stimulating. Keep to the lowest amount with food until you know how you respond, then build up.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDelivery and returns\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder before 2pm Monday to Friday and your capsules are dispatched the same day from the UK. Standard UK delivery by Royal Mail Tracked 48 takes 2 to 4 working days and costs £3.35, or it is free when you spend £35 or more. Faster delivery is available at checkout. Nutri Tailor also ships worldwide, with duties and taxes shown before you pay. You can return unopened items within 30 days of delivery. New customers get 10% off their first order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Nutri Tailor\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNutri Tailor is rated 4.6 out of 5, \"Excellent\", on Trustpilot. Every supplement is chosen by experienced nutritional therapists. Kasia Key, Registered Associate Nutritionist, says: \"I use Nutri Tailor for myself and my clients because you can be certain that their supplements are industry leading quality.\"\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSources\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe information on this page draws on the NIH Office of Dietary Supplements.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Metabolics","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45938709594386,"sku":"NADH60C","price":20.44,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0787\/9462\/1202\/files\/Niacin_NADH_68a13c31-1c64-4b0b-b31c-a4a71e018863.jpg?v=1740700901"},{"product_id":"acetylcoa","title":"Acetyl CoA Support Formula Capsules","description":"\u003cp\u003eAcetyl CoA Support Formula Capsules give you calcium pyruvate with niacinamide and pantothenic acid, the ingredients the body uses at the entry point of the energy cycle inside cells. Two capsules provide 958mg of calcium pyruvate, 50mg of niacin and 48mg of pantothenic acid. You take two capsules a day with breakfast. One pot holds 60 capsules, which is a 30 day supply.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eBenefits of taking Acetyl CoA Support Formula\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePyruvate is the compound that enters the mitochondria to be turned into acetyl CoA, the first step of making energy from food. Vitamins B3 and B5 contribute to normal energy release from food and to the reduction of tiredness and fatigue, which is why the three are supplied together in one capsule with no fillers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnergy gets released from food with the niacin and pantothenic acid.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTiredness and fatigue ease with the vitamins B3 and B5.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMental performance stays normal with the pantothenic acid.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePyruvate arrives at a measured 479mg per capsule, with nothing else added.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMorning dosing matches the time of day the body asks most of it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAcetyl CoA Support Formula Capsules are most useful for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePeople who take it on practitioner advice as part of an energy routine.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAnyone already taking coenzyme Q10 or acetyl L-carnitine who wants the entry point of the same pathway covered.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThose who want B3 and B5 at a known amount without a full B complex.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is in it\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach capsule provides 479mg of calcium pyruvate, 25mg of niacin as niacinamide, which is 156% of the daily reference value, plus 24mg of pantothenic acid as calcium pantothenate, which is 400%. There are no fillers apart from the vegetable capsule shell. AcetylCoA formula and pyruvate capsules are other names people search for.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to take it\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTake two capsules a day with breakfast, together or as one with breakfast and one with lunch. Morning suits it because that is when the body's demand for energy peaks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDiet and allergens\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe capsules are suitable for vegans and vegetarians. They are free from gluten, dairy and nuts. Anyone under 16 should not take them.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuality\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe capsules are made in the UK in a GMP certified cleanroom facility accredited to ISO 9001 and ISO 14001. Every batch is traceable from raw material to finished product. Like every supplement Nutri Tailor stocks, they are practitioner grade and guaranteed additive free.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat does acetyl CoA do?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e It is the molecule that feeds the energy cycle inside every cell. The body makes it from pyruvate with the help of vitamins B3 and B5, which is why the three are supplied together here.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many capsules should I take a day?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Two capsules a day, with breakfast. A pot of 60 lasts 30 days.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhen is the best time to take it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e In the morning with breakfast, or split as one with breakfast and one with lunch. Energy demand peaks in the first half of the day.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I take it with other supplements?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Yes. It works alongside Coenzyme Q10 Capsules and Acetyl L-Carnitine Capsules, which support later stages of the same pathway. Count the niacin and B5 if you also take a B complex.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow is this different from caffeine?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Caffeine masks tiredness, while niacin and pantothenic acid contribute to the process the body uses to release energy from food. A morning coffee alongside it is fine.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it have side effects?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Niacinamide at this amount does not cause the flush that plain niacin can. Taken with breakfast it is well tolerated. If you take prescribed tablets, are pregnant or breastfeeding, speak to your GP or pharmacist first.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDelivery and returns\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder before 2pm Monday to Friday and your capsules are dispatched the same day from the UK. Standard UK delivery by Royal Mail Tracked 48 takes 2 to 4 working days and costs £3.35, or it is free when you spend £35 or more. Faster delivery is available at checkout. Nutri Tailor also ships worldwide, with duties and taxes shown before you pay. You can return unopened items within 30 days of delivery. New customers get 10% off their first order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Nutri Tailor\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNutri Tailor is rated 4.6 out of 5, \"Excellent\", on Trustpilot. Every supplement is chosen by experienced nutritional therapists. Kasia Key, Registered Associate Nutritionist, says: \"I use Nutri Tailor for myself and my clients because you can be certain that their supplements are industry leading quality.\"\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSources\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe information on this page draws on the product label and the European Food Safety Authority.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Metabolics","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45938710806802,"sku":"ACOA60C","price":28.8,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0787\/9462\/1202\/files\/AcetylCoASupportFormula.jpg?v=1740700869"},{"product_id":"urinary-tract-support","title":"Urinary Tract Support Capsules","description":"\u003cp\u003eUrinary Tract Support Capsules give you D-mannose with cranberry extract and green tea extract in one capsule, the two ingredients most people reach for in this area together with the polyphenols of green tea. Three capsules provide 729mg of D-mannose, 297mg of cranberry and 438mg of the green tea. You take three capsules once a day with breakfast. One pot holds 90 capsules, which is a 30 day supply.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eBenefits of taking Urinary Tract Support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eD-mannose is a simple sugar that passes into the urine largely unchanged, which is why it is the sugar most used for the urinary tract. Cranberry is the traditional ingredient taken with it. Neither carries an authorised health claim in the UK, so Nutri Tailor describes the formula by what it contains.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eD-mannose arrives at a measured 243mg per capsule, with no powder to weigh.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCranberry comes as an extract, so there is no juice and no sugar to drink.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGreen tea polyphenols come in the same capsule at a standardised 45% EGCG.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThree capsules with breakfast cover the day, with a higher amount on the label when you want it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUrinary Tract Support Capsules are most useful for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePeople who want D-mannose and cranberry in a capsule rather than as a powder and a juice.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAnyone who takes a daily routine for the urinary tract and wants a measured amount.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThose who keep a pot in the cupboard and move to the higher amount on the label when they want it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf you want D-mannose with other binding sugars before meals, Lectin Support Capsules include 75mg of D-mannose in each capsule.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is in it\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach capsule provides 243mg of D-mannose, 146mg of green tea extract at 45% EGCG and 99mg of cranberry extract. There is nothing else in it apart from the vegetable capsule shell. The green tea extract carries a small amount of caffeine. D-mannose capsules, cranberry D-mannose and urinary tract supplement are other names for it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to take it\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTake three capsules once a day with breakfast. The label also gives a higher amount of two capsules three times a day with meals, which doubles everything to 1,458mg of D-mannose, 594mg of cranberry and 876mg of green tea extract. Drink plenty of water, at least two litres a day, because D-mannose works in the urine and needs you to pass it regularly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDiet and allergens\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe capsules are suitable for vegans and vegetarians. They are free from gluten, dairy and nuts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuality\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe capsules are made in the UK in a GMP certified cleanroom facility accredited to ISO 9001 and ISO 14001. Every batch is traceable from raw material to finished product. Like every supplement Nutri Tailor stocks, they are practitioner grade and guaranteed additive free.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat does D-mannose do?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e It is a simple sugar that the body absorbs and then passes into the urine largely unchanged, which is why it is the sugar most used for the urinary tract. There is no authorised health claim for it in the UK, so Nutri Tailor makes none.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many capsules should I take a day?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Three with breakfast is the daily amount, so a pot lasts 30 days. The higher amount on the label is two capsules three times a day with meals, which uses a pot in 15 days.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhen is the best time to take it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e With breakfast, then plenty of water through the day. At the higher amount, spread the six across breakfast, lunch and dinner.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhen should I see a doctor?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e If you have a fever, pain in your back or sides, or blood in your urine, see a GP rather than relying on a supplement. A supplement is taken alongside your normal care, not instead of it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I take it with other supplements?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Yes. Combocillus Probiotic Capsules before breakfast are the usual partner in a urinary routine.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it have side effects?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e D-mannose is well tolerated at these amounts. The green tea extract carries some caffeine, more at the higher amount, so keep the last dose away from bedtime. If you take prescribed tablets, are pregnant or breastfeeding, speak to your GP or pharmacist first.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDelivery and returns\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder before 2pm Monday to Friday and your capsules are dispatched the same day from the UK. Standard UK delivery by Royal Mail Tracked 48 takes 2 to 4 working days and costs £3.35, or it is free when you spend £35 or more. Faster delivery is available at checkout. Nutri Tailor also ships worldwide, with duties and taxes shown before you pay. You can return unopened items within 30 days of delivery. New customers get 10% off their first order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Nutri Tailor\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNutri Tailor is rated 4.6 out of 5, \"Excellent\", on Trustpilot. Every supplement is chosen by experienced nutritional therapists. Kasia Key, Registered Associate Nutritionist, says: \"I use Nutri Tailor for myself and my clients because you can be certain that their supplements are industry leading quality.\"\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSources\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe information on this page comes from the product label.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Metabolics","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45938714542354,"sku":"UTF90C","price":29.52,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0787\/9462\/1202\/files\/UrinaryTractSupport_a0ed428f-5d1c-4f73-aaa3-ce7355b8f748.jpg?v=1740700838"},{"product_id":"coriander-fennel-parsley","title":"Coriander, Fennel and Parsley Liquid","description":"\u003cp\u003eCoriander, Fennel and Parsley Liquid is a tincture of coriander leaf, fennel seed and parsley leaf in equal parts, three kitchen herbs with a long history of use around meals. Twenty drops provide 0.74ml of the blend, equal to 246mg of herb, taken in water three times a day before eating. The bottles come in 100ml, 250ml and 500ml.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eBenefits of taking coriander, fennel and parsley\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFennel, coriander and parsley are the herbs traditionally taken with food for the digestion, which is why fennel seeds sit on the table in Indian restaurants. A tincture puts all three in a few drops you take before meals, so you get them in a measured serving rather than eating the herbs in quantity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEach serving gives a measured 246mg of herb from twenty drops.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTaking it before meals puts the herbs in the digestive tract before food arrives.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThree culinary herbs come in one bottle, with no capsules to swallow.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDrops let you adjust the amount a few at a time.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCoriander, Fennel and Parsley Liquid is most useful for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePeople who take a herbal before meals as part of a digestive routine.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAnyone who prefers a liquid herbal to capsules or cannot swallow capsules.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThose who want the three herbs in a measured serving rather than chewing fennel seeds after dinner.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is in it\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTwenty drops provide 0.74ml of an extract blend with about a third each of coriander leaf, fennel seed and parsley leaf, equal to 246mg of herb. The liquid is made with purified water and 25% alcohol, which preserves the tincture and is a small amount at one serving. Coriandrum sativum, Foeniculum vulgare and Petroselinum crispum are the plant names.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to take it\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAdd 20 drops to 200ml of water three times a day, 10 to 15 minutes before eating, so the herbs reach the digestive tract before the food. The label also gives a four serving pattern: on waking, before lunch, before dinner and an hour before bed. Shake the bottle before each use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSizes and how long each lasts\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA 100ml bottle holds 135 servings of twenty drops, which is about 45 days at three a day. The 250ml bottle holds about 337 servings, around 16 weeks, while the 500ml bottle holds about 675 servings, around seven months.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDiet and allergens\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe liquid is suitable for vegans and vegetarians. It is free from gluten, dairy and nuts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuality\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe liquid is made in the UK in a GMP certified cleanroom facility accredited to ISO 9001 and ISO 14001. Every batch is traceable from raw material to finished product. Like every supplement Nutri Tailor stocks, it is practitioner grade and guaranteed additive free.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy these three herbs together?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Coriander, fennel and parsley are the kitchen herbs traditionally taken around meals for the digestion. In equal parts they give a balanced blend, with fennel seed the one most people already know from the end of a meal.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much should I take a day?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Take 20 drops three times a day, which is 60 drops or about 2.2ml of the blend. The four serving pattern on the label adds one more before bed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhen is the best time to take it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Ten to fifteen minutes before each meal, in 200ml of water. The timing matters more than with most supplements, because the herbs need to be in the digestive tract before food arrives.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I take it with other supplements?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Yes. For the digestion it is often taken alongside Enzymase Digestive Enzyme Capsules with meals, plus L-Glutamine Capsules, which are also taken before food.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it contain alcohol?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Yes, 25% alcohol preserves the tincture. One serving of 0.74ml carries a very small amount, which disappears in a glass of water.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy drops rather than capsules?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e You can adjust the amount a few drops at a time, which you cannot do with a capsule. A liquid also suits anyone who finds capsules hard to swallow, while a tincture is the traditional way to take a herb.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDelivery and returns\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder before 2pm Monday to Friday and your drops are dispatched the same day from the UK. Standard UK delivery by Royal Mail Tracked 48 takes 2 to 4 working days and costs £3.35, or it is free when you spend £35 or more. Faster delivery is available at checkout. Nutri Tailor also ships worldwide, with duties and taxes shown before you pay. You can return unopened items within 30 days of delivery. New customers get 10% off their first order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Nutri Tailor\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNutri Tailor is rated 4.6 out of 5, \"Excellent\", on Trustpilot. Every supplement is chosen by experienced nutritional therapists. Kasia Key, Registered Associate Nutritionist, says: \"I use Nutri Tailor for myself and my clients because you can be certain that their supplements are industry leading quality.\"\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSources\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe information on this page comes from the product label.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Metabolics","offers":[{"title":"100ml","offer_id":50181609881874,"sku":"CFP0100T","price":22.8,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"250ml","offer_id":50181609914642,"sku":"CFP0250T","price":31.2,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"500ml","offer_id":50181609947410,"sku":"CFP0500T","price":43.2,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0787\/9462\/1202\/files\/Coriander_Fennel_Parsley_29157ce0-29ef-4850-94d0-f80de7ca3fae.jpg?v=1740700807"},{"product_id":"lactobacillus-rhamnosus","title":"Lactobacillus Rhamnosus Powder","description":"\u003cp\u003eLactobacillus Rhamnosus Powder gives you one probiotic strain, Lactobacillus rhamnosus LMG 25626, as a tasteless powder that mixes into water. Each scoop provides 500mg at 10 billion colony forming units per gram, which is about 5 billion in a scoop. You take one scoop a day on an empty stomach. A 100g pot holds about 200 servings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eBenefits of taking Lactobacillus rhamnosus\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLactobacillus rhamnosus is one of the most researched probiotic species. People take it on its own when they want one strain rather than a mix, or when they have been advised this strain in particular. The powder suits anyone who cannot swallow capsules, because it has no taste and disappears into water.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOne strain arrives on its own, so you can judge it without a blend around it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe culture collection number is on the label, so you know which rhamnosus you are taking.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePowder mixes into water, with no capsule to swallow.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA pot of 200 servings lasts more than six months at one scoop a day.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLactobacillus Rhamnosus Powder is most useful for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePeople who have been advised to take Lactobacillus rhamnosus specifically.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAnyone who cannot swallow capsules and wants a probiotic they can drink.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThose who want to try one strain at a time before moving to a blend.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor seven strains in one daily capsule, Combocillus Probiotic Capsules are the blend.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is in it\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach scoop of 0.5g provides 500mg of Lactobacillus rhamnosus LMG 25626 at 10 billion colony forming units per gram, on a maltodextrin carrier, with no taste. L. rhamnosus, Lacticaseibacillus rhamnosus and probiotic powder are other names for it. It is not the GG strain sold under that name by other brands, so check the number on the label if a practitioner named one.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to take it\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMix one scoop into cold or room temperature water once a day on an empty stomach, first thing in the morning at least 20 minutes before eating. Do not use a hot drink, because heat damages live bacteria. Store the pot in a cool, dry place.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDiet and allergens\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe powder is suitable for vegans and vegetarians. It is free from gluten, dairy and nuts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuality\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe powder is made in the UK in a GMP certified cleanroom facility accredited to ISO 9001 and ISO 14001. Every batch is traceable from raw material to finished product. Like every supplement Nutri Tailor stocks, it is practitioner grade and guaranteed additive free.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSingle strain or blend, powder or capsules?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e This powder is one strain at 10 billion colony forming units per gram, for people advised that strain or who want to test one at a time. A blend such as Combocillus covers seven species and suits general daily use. Powder suits anyone who cannot swallow capsules, because it has no taste.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this the GG strain?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e No. It is Lactobacillus rhamnosus LMG 25626. Strains of the same species differ, so if a practitioner named a strain, check the number on the label against it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhen is the best time to take it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e First thing in the morning on an empty stomach, at least 20 minutes before eating, so more of the bacteria survive the passage through the stomach.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I take it with antibiotics?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Yes, but space the two by two to three hours. Carry on for at least two weeks after the antibiotics finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it need to go in the fridge?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e The label says to store it in a cool, dry place, so a cupboard away from the kettle and the hob is right. Moisture and heat are what damage the bacteria, so keep the lid on.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I take it with other supplements?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Yes. It is often taken alongside Enzymase Digestive Enzyme Capsules with meals plus L-Glutamine Capsules before food, with the probiotic taken first thing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDelivery and returns\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder before 2pm Monday to Friday and your powder is dispatched the same day from the UK. Standard UK delivery by Royal Mail Tracked 48 takes 2 to 4 working days and costs £3.35, or it is free when you spend £35 or more. Faster delivery is available at checkout. Nutri Tailor also ships worldwide, with duties and taxes shown before you pay. You can return unopened items within 30 days of delivery. New customers get 10% off their first order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Nutri Tailor\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNutri Tailor is rated 4.6 out of 5, \"Excellent\", on Trustpilot. Every supplement is chosen by experienced nutritional therapists. Kasia Key, Registered Associate Nutritionist, says: \"I use Nutri Tailor for myself and my clients because you can be certain that their supplements are industry leading quality.\"\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSources\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe information on this page comes from the product label.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Metabolics","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45938717917458,"sku":"LRHAM100G","price":44.52,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0787\/9462\/1202\/files\/LactobacillusRhamnosus_c086438a-aa83-4425-a9fc-4fc3e567468c.jpg?v=1740700776"},{"product_id":"vitamin-a-oil","title":"Vitamin A Oil Drops","description":"\u003cp\u003eVitamin A Oil Drops give you preformed vitamin A as retinyl palmitate in avocado oil, one drop a day. This form does not need converting from beta carotene, so you know the amount you are getting. A 100ml bottle holds 2,500 drops.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eBenefits of taking vitamin A\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eVitamin A is a fat soluble vitamin your eyes, skin and immune system all rely on, which is why it comes in oil, the carrier it absorbs from.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVision stays normal, including in dim light.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSkin and the membranes lining your nose, mouth and gut stay healthy.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eYour immune system gets the vitamin A it needs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eVitamin A Oil Drops are most useful for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePeople who have been advised to take preformed vitamin A rather than beta carotene.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAnyone who converts beta carotene poorly, which varies a lot between people.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThose who want a measured amount of vitamin A on its own, without the vitamin D and omega 3 that come with cod liver oil.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is in it\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach drop provides 673mcg of vitamin A, which is 84% of the daily reference value. The bottle contains two ingredients, avocado oil and retinyl palmitate. Retinyl palmitate drops, retinol palmitate and preformed vitamin A are other names for it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to take it\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTake one drop once a day with any meal, placed on food or straight into the mouth. Keep to the label amount, because vitamin A is one of the vitamins where more is not better.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDiet and allergens\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe liquid is suitable for vegans and vegetarians. It is free from gluten, dairy and nuts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuality\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe liquid is made in the UK in a GMP certified cleanroom facility accredited to ISO 9001 and ISO 14001. Every batch is traceable from raw material to finished product. Like every supplement Nutri Tailor stocks, it is practitioner grade and guaranteed additive free.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy retinyl palmitate rather than beta carotene or cod liver oil?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Retinyl palmitate is preformed vitamin A, the form your body uses directly, while beta carotene has to be converted and the conversion varies a lot between people. Cod liver oil provides the same form too, but alongside vitamin D and omega 3 in a fixed ratio you cannot adjust.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much vitamin A should I take a day?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Take one drop a day, which gives you 673mcg, most of the daily reference value. Do not take more without professional guidance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhen is the best time to take vitamin A?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e You can take it at any time of day, with a meal that contains some fat, because vitamin A is fat soluble.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I take it with other supplements?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Yes, but check what else you take for vitamin A, because it is a vitamin where overlapping products add up. A multivitamin may already contain some.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes vitamin A have side effects?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Not at one drop a day, but vitamin A builds up in the body with sustained high intake, so keep to the label amount. It is not suitable during pregnancy or when planning a pregnancy, when beta carotene is the form to use instead.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy drops rather than tablets?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e One drop is a full daily amount, so the dose is simple and there are no binders or coating. The liquid contains only the vitamin and its oil.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDelivery and returns\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder before 2pm Monday to Friday and your drops are dispatched the same day from the UK. Standard UK delivery by Royal Mail Tracked 48 takes 2 to 4 working days and costs £3.35, or it is free when you spend £35 or more. Faster delivery is available at checkout. Nutri Tailor also ships worldwide, with duties and taxes shown before you pay. You can return unopened items within 30 days of delivery. New customers get 10% off their first order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Nutri Tailor\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNutri Tailor is rated 4.6 out of 5, \"Excellent\", on Trustpilot. Every supplement is chosen by experienced nutritional therapists. Kasia Key, Registered Associate Nutritionist, says: \"I use Nutri Tailor for myself and my clients because you can be certain that their supplements are industry leading quality.\"\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSources\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe information on this page draws on the NIH Office of Dietary Supplements and the European Food Safety Authority.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Metabolics","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45938729222418,"sku":"VITA100ML","price":24.24,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0787\/9462\/1202\/files\/VitaminAOil_f52b508a-58ec-4a20-8f82-3792962012cb.jpg?v=1740700670"},{"product_id":"olive-leaf","title":"Olive Leaf Extract Capsules","description":"\u003cp\u003eOlive Leaf Extract Capsules give you olive leaf extract standardised to oleuropein, its main active compound, on its own. Each capsule provides 400mg of extract containing 80mg of oleuropein and you take one a day with any meal. One pot holds 90 capsules, which is a 90 day supply.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eBenefits of taking olive leaf extract\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOlive leaf has a long history of traditional use around the Mediterranean. The oil comes from the fruit and holds only traces of oleuropein, while the leaf holds it in quantity, which is why the extract is made from leaves. Standardising it means each capsule gives a stated amount rather than the variable amount of a plain leaf powder.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEach capsule gives a fixed 80mg of oleuropein, which no amount of olive oil provides.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOne capsule a day covers three months from one pot.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNothing else is in the capsule, so you can judge it on its own.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShort courses at two or three a day are possible when you want more for a few weeks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOlive Leaf Extract Capsules are most useful for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePeople who want olive leaf at a set daily amount of oleuropein through the colder months.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAnyone who takes it on a practitioner's suggestion at two or three capsules a day for a short period.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThose who prefer a single ingredient over a mixed winter formula.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf you want olive leaf as part of a wider mix, Antioxidant Formula Capsules give 75mg of olive leaf extract in each capsule alongside 25 other antioxidants.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is in it\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach capsule provides 400mg of olive leaf extract, standardised to 20% oleuropein, which is 80mg. There is nothing else in it apart from the vegetable capsule shell. Olea europaea leaf extract and oleuropein extract are other names for it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to take it\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTake one capsule once a day with any meal. For a short period, two or three capsules a day can be taken as directed by your practitioner.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDiet and allergens\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe capsules are suitable for vegans and vegetarians. They are free from gluten, dairy and nuts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuality\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe capsules are made in the UK in a GMP certified cleanroom facility accredited to ISO 9001 and ISO 14001. Every batch is traceable from raw material to finished product. Like every supplement Nutri Tailor stocks, they are practitioner grade and guaranteed additive free.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOlive leaf extract or olive oil, why standardise to oleuropein?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Olive oil comes from the fruit and contains only traces of oleuropein. The leaf holds it in quantity, so the extract is made from leaves. Standardising to oleuropein means each capsule gives a stated 80mg in a 400mg extract, rather than a variable amount from plain leaf powder.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much olive leaf extract should I take a day?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Take one capsule a day, which gives you 400mg of extract and 80mg of oleuropein. Two or three a day is a short course amount.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhen is the best time to take olive leaf?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e With any meal, at any time of day. Taking it at the same meal each day makes it easy to remember.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I take it with other supplements?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Yes. In winter it is often taken alongside Vitamin C Ascorbic Acid Powder plus Vitamin D3 and K2 Capsules, which both contribute to the normal function of the immune system.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes olive leaf extract have side effects?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Olive leaf extract is well tolerated at one capsule a day with food. If you take prescribed tablets, are pregnant or breastfeeding, speak to your GP or pharmacist first.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy capsules rather than tablets?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e A capsule is a cellulose shell around the powder, so it needs none of the binders or coating that hold a tablet together.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDelivery and returns\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder before 2pm Monday to Friday and your capsules are dispatched the same day from the UK. Standard UK delivery by Royal Mail Tracked 48 takes 2 to 4 working days and costs £3.35, or it is free when you spend £35 or more. Faster delivery is available at checkout. Nutri Tailor also ships worldwide, with duties and taxes shown before you pay. You can return unopened items within 30 days of delivery. New customers get 10% off their first order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Nutri Tailor\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNutri Tailor is rated 4.6 out of 5, \"Excellent\", on Trustpilot. Every supplement is chosen by experienced nutritional therapists. Kasia Key, Registered Associate Nutritionist, says: \"I use Nutri Tailor for myself and my clients because you can be certain that their supplements are industry leading quality.\"\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSources\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe information on this page comes from the product label.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Metabolics","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45938739937554,"sku":"OLI90C","price":23.58,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0787\/9462\/1202\/files\/OliveLeaf_891cb651-3f23-483b-b194-bdceb4da9841.jpg?v=1740700642"},{"product_id":"astragalus","title":"Astragalus Liquid","description":"\u003cp\u003eAstragalus Liquid is a tincture of astragalus root, extracted at one part root to three parts liquid. Thirty drops, which is 1ml, provide 1ml of the extract and you take them once a day in water. A 100ml bottle holds 100 servings, so it lasts about three months.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eBenefits of taking astragalus\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAstragalus is a root used in Chinese herbal practice for centuries and one of the tonic herbs, traditionally taken over the long term rather than in short courses. People take it through the colder months, as a daily habit rather than a response to feeling unwell.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEach serving gives a measured 1ml of root extract, where a simmered root broth gives a variable amount.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThirty drops in water take a few seconds, with no simmering and no capsules.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDaily use over months is how the root is traditionally taken, which one bottle covers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDrops let you adjust the amount a few at a time.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAstragalus Liquid is most useful for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePeople who want a traditional tonic herb as a daily habit through autumn and winter.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAnyone who prefers a liquid herbal to capsules or cannot swallow capsules.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThose who have simmered dried root into broth and want something quicker with a measured serving.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf you want the same daily habit in a capsule with a set amount, Olive Leaf Extract Capsules give 80mg of oleuropein in one capsule a day.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is in it\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThirty drops provide 1ml of astragalus root extract at one part root to three parts liquid. The liquid is made with purified water and 30% alcohol, which preserves the tincture and is a small amount at one serving. Astragalus membranaceus, huang qi and milkvetch root are other names for it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to take it\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAdd 30 drops, which is 1ml, to a small glass of water once a day, with or without food. Take it at the same time each day so it becomes part of your routine. It is a herb for steady daily use over weeks and months rather than a short course.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDiet and allergens\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe liquid is suitable for vegans and vegetarians. It is free from gluten, dairy and nuts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuality\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe liquid is made in the UK in a GMP certified cleanroom facility accredited to ISO 9001 and ISO 14001. Every batch is traceable from raw material to finished product. Like every supplement Nutri Tailor stocks, it is practitioner grade and guaranteed additive free.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTincture, capsules or dried root, what is the difference?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Dried root is traditionally simmered into a broth, which takes time and gives a variable dose. Capsules give a fixed amount of powdered root or extract. This tincture extracts the root at one part to three, so 30 drops in water is a measured serving that is quick to take and easy to adjust.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much astragalus should I take a day?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Take 30 drops a day, which is 1ml of the extract. That is one serving, with 100 in a bottle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhen is the best time to take astragalus?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Any time of day, with or without food. Morning suits most people because it is easy to remember with breakfast.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I take it with other supplements?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Yes. Through winter it is often taken alongside Vitamin D3 and K2 Capsules plus Zinc Picolinate Capsules, which both contribute to the normal function of the immune system.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it contain alcohol?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Yes, 30% alcohol preserves the tincture. One serving of 1ml carries a very small amount, which disappears in a glass of water.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy drops rather than capsules?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e You can adjust the amount a few drops at a time, which you cannot do with a capsule. A liquid also suits anyone who finds capsules hard to swallow, while a tincture is the traditional way to take a herb.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDelivery and returns\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder before 2pm Monday to Friday and your drops are dispatched the same day from the UK. Standard UK delivery by Royal Mail Tracked 48 takes 2 to 4 working days and costs £3.35, or it is free when you spend £35 or more. Faster delivery is available at checkout. Nutri Tailor also ships worldwide, with duties and taxes shown before you pay. You can return unopened items within 30 days of delivery. New customers get 10% off their first order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Nutri Tailor\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNutri Tailor is rated 4.6 out of 5, \"Excellent\", on Trustpilot. Every supplement is chosen by experienced nutritional therapists. Kasia Key, Registered Associate Nutritionist, says: \"I use Nutri Tailor for myself and my clients because you can be certain that their supplements are industry leading quality.\"\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSources\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe information on this page comes from the product label and the NIH National Center for Complementary and Integrative Health.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Metabolics","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45938740855058,"sku":"AST100T","price":26.87,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0787\/9462\/1202\/files\/Astralagus_8e6c5b5d-c327-4b09-b0ac-bf680142ce83.jpg?v=1740700617"},{"product_id":"super-zinc","title":"Super Zinc Liquid","description":"\u003cp\u003eSuper Zinc Liquid gives you zinc dissolved in purified water and measured by the drop, so you can take a small amount or adjust it. Ten drops provide 8mg of zinc, which is 80% of the daily reference value. You take ten drops in 250ml of water, once or twice a day, with or just after a meal. The bottles come in 100ml, 250ml and 500ml.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eBenefits of taking zinc\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eZinc contributes to the normal function of the immune system, to the maintenance of normal skin, hair and nails, to normal fertility and reproduction and to normal cognitive function. Intake is often low in people who eat little meat or shellfish, while a liquid lets you take it by the drop rather than in a fixed capsule.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eYour immune system gets the zinc it needs to work normally.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSkin, hair and nails stay normal with the zinc they need.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFertility and reproduction stay normal, which zinc contributes to.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThinking stays normal with the zinc, which contributes to normal cognitive function.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDrops let you take a small amount or adjust it, which a capsule cannot do.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSuper Zinc Liquid is most useful for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePeople who cannot swallow capsules and want zinc they can drink.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAnyone who wants to adjust the amount by the drop or split it across the day.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThose whose practitioner has suggested a liquid zinc.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor one measured amount a day in a capsule, Zinc Picolinate Capsules are the alternative.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is in it\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTen drops provide 8mg of zinc as zinc chloride and zinc sulphate, which is 80% of the daily reference value. The liquid has four ingredients: purified water, zinc chloride, zinc sulphate and citric acid. Liquid zinc drops, ionic zinc and zinc drops are other names for it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to take it\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAdd ten drops to 250ml of water, once or twice a day, with or just after a meal. Food makes it easier on the stomach. Leave a gap of two hours between zinc and any iron or calcium supplement, because they compete for absorption.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSizes and how long each lasts\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA 100ml bottle holds 161 servings of ten drops, a 250ml bottle about 402 and a 500ml bottle about 805.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDiet and allergens\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe liquid is suitable for vegans and vegetarians. It is free from gluten, dairy and nuts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuality\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe liquid is made in the UK in a GMP certified cleanroom facility accredited to ISO 9001 and ISO 14001. Every batch is traceable from raw material to finished product. Like every supplement Nutri Tailor stocks, it is practitioner grade and guaranteed additive free.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLiquid zinc or zinc picolinate capsules?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Super Zinc is zinc as chloride and sulphate dissolved in water and measured by the drop, so you can take a small amount or split it across the day. Zinc picolinate is zinc bound to picolinic acid in a fixed capsule. Both are well absorbed, so the choice is about whether you want to adjust the amount.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much zinc should I take a day?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Ten drops give you 8mg, so twice a day gives 16mg. Keep to the label amount and do not combine it with another zinc product, because zinc is a mineral where more is not better.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhen is the best time to take zinc?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e With or just after a meal, which most people find easier on the stomach. Keep it two hours away from iron or calcium.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I take it with other supplements?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Yes, with a two hour gap from Iron and Vitamin C Capsules or any calcium product. Count the zinc if you also take a multivitamin.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes zinc have side effects?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Zinc on an empty stomach can cause nausea, which taking it with food avoids. Stay within the label amount, because zinc is a mineral where more is not better.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy drops rather than capsules?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e You can adjust the amount a few drops at a time, which you cannot do with a capsule. A liquid also suits anyone who finds capsules hard to swallow.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDelivery and returns\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder before 2pm Monday to Friday and your drops are dispatched the same day from the UK. Standard UK delivery by Royal Mail Tracked 48 takes 2 to 4 working days and costs £3.35, or it is free when you spend £35 or more. Faster delivery is available at checkout. Nutri Tailor also ships worldwide, with duties and taxes shown before you pay. You can return unopened items within 30 days of delivery. New customers get 10% off their first order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Nutri Tailor\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNutri Tailor is rated 4.6 out of 5, \"Excellent\", on Trustpilot. Every supplement is chosen by experienced nutritional therapists. Kasia Key, Registered Associate Nutritionist, says: \"I use Nutri Tailor for myself and my clients because you can be certain that their supplements are industry leading quality.\"\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSources\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe information on this page draws on the product label and the European Food Safety Authority.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Metabolics","offers":[{"title":"100ml","offer_id":50182502449426,"sku":"SUPZN0100T","price":21.25,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"250ml","offer_id":50182502482194,"sku":"SUPZN0250T","price":34.07,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"500ml","offer_id":50182502514962,"sku":"SUPZN0500T","price":52.2,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0787\/9462\/1202\/files\/SuperZinc_8ae252df-9f18-4533-add5-9aff28bdd071.jpg?v=1740700591"},{"product_id":"selenium-semsc","title":"Selenium SeMSC Capsules","description":"\u003cp\u003eSelenium SeMSC Capsules give you selenium as methylselenocysteine, the form found in garlic, onions and broccoli. Each capsule provides 200mcg of selenium and you take one a day away from food. One pot holds 60 capsules, which is a 60 day supply.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eBenefits of taking selenium\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSelenium is a trace mineral your thyroid and immune system both rely on. Intake from UK food is often below the reference value. Unlike selenium methionine, this form is not stored in body proteins, so it is used more directly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eYour thyroid gets the selenium it uses to make its hormones.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eImmune defences get the selenium they rely on.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHair and nails stay healthy.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCells get protection from oxidative stress.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSelenium SeMSC Capsules are most useful for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePeople who have been advised to take the methylselenocysteine form specifically.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAnyone already taking selenium methionine who wants to alternate forms rather than combine them.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThose who want selenium from the form found in garlic, onions and broccoli rather than a yeast or inorganic source.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor the food form that builds a selenium store, choose Selenium Methionine Capsules.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is in it\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach capsule provides 200mcg of selenium as methylselenocysteine, which is 364% of the daily reference value. The other ingredients are cellulose, calcium phosphate and the vegetable capsule shell. Se-methylselenocysteine, MSC and SeMSC are other names for it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to take it\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTake one capsule once a day, away from food. Keep to one a day and do not combine it with another selenium product.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDiet and allergens\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe capsules are suitable for vegans and vegetarians. They are free from gluten, dairy and nuts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuality\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe capsules are made in the UK in a GMP certified cleanroom facility accredited to ISO 9001 and ISO 14001. Every batch is traceable from raw material to finished product. Like every supplement Nutri Tailor stocks, they are practitioner grade and guaranteed additive free.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow is SeMSC different from selenium methionine?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Selenium methionine is built into body proteins as a selenium store and is the form used in most thyroid research. Methylselenocysteine is not stored that way, because it is converted directly and cleared. Both give 200mcg of selenium per capsule.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much selenium should I take a day?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Take one capsule a day, which gives you 200mcg. Selenium is a mineral where more is not better, so do not add another selenium product on top.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhen is the best time to take it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Take it at any time of day, away from food, as the label directs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I take it with a multivitamin?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Only if the multivitamin does not already carry a full selenium amount, because the two add up. Check the label before you combine them.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes selenium have side effects?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Not at one capsule a day. Problems come from too much selenium over time, which is why the label amount is the limit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy capsules rather than tablets?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e A capsule is a cellulose shell around the powder, so it needs none of the binders or coating that hold a tablet together.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDelivery and returns\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder before 2pm Monday to Friday and your capsules are dispatched the same day from the UK. Standard UK delivery by Royal Mail Tracked 48 takes 2 to 4 working days and costs £3.35, or it is free when you spend £35 or more. Faster delivery is available at checkout. Nutri Tailor also ships worldwide, with duties and taxes shown before you pay. You can return unopened items within 30 days of delivery. New customers get 10% off their first order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Nutri Tailor\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNutri Tailor is rated 4.6 out of 5, \"Excellent\", on Trustpilot. Every supplement is chosen by experienced nutritional therapists. Kasia Key, Registered Associate Nutritionist, says: \"I use Nutri Tailor for myself and my clients because you can be certain that their supplements are industry leading quality.\"\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSources\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe information on this page draws on the NHS and the NIH Office of Dietary Supplements.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Metabolics","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45938825953554,"sku":"SELEC60C","price":21.48,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0787\/9462\/1202\/files\/SeleniumSeMSC_3e5e6f48-da24-49a2-b38c-d7e7c283a4b7.jpg?v=1740700562"},{"product_id":"echinacea","title":"Echinacea Liquid","description":"\u003cp\u003eEchinacea Liquid is a tincture of Echinacea angustifolia root, the traditional species and the traditional part of the plant, extracted at one part root to five parts liquid. Thirty drops, which is 1ml, give you the equivalent of about 200mg of root. You take them once a day in 200ml of water, with or just after food. A 100ml bottle holds 100 servings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eBenefits of taking echinacea\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEchinacea is a North American plant with a long history of traditional use and the herb most people reach for in winter, usually in short courses rather than every day. Two species are used in supplements, with Echinacea angustifolia the one with the longer traditional record and its root the traditional preparation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEach serving gives a measured 200mg root equivalent, taken in a glass of water.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShort courses are easy, because you can take one serving a day or up to three when you want more.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDrops let you adjust the amount a few at a time.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRoot of the traditional species comes in a liquid, with no capsules to swallow.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEchinacea Liquid is most useful for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePeople who keep echinacea in the cupboard for winter and take it in short courses.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAnyone who wants the root of Echinacea angustifolia rather than the leaf or the purpurea species.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThose who prefer a liquid herbal to capsules or cannot swallow capsules.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is in it\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThirty drops provide 1ml of Echinacea angustifolia root tincture at one part root to five parts liquid, equivalent to about 200mg of root. The liquid is made with purified water and 45% alcohol, which preserves the tincture and is a small amount at one serving. Narrow-leaved coneflower and echinacea root tincture are other names for it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to take it\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAdd 30 drops, which is 1ml, to 200ml of water once a day, with or just after food. For a short course you can take 30 drops one to three times a day with or after meals. A mild tingling on the tongue is normal with echinacea root.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDiet and allergens\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe liquid is suitable for vegans and vegetarians. It is free from gluten, dairy and nuts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuality\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe liquid is made in the UK in a GMP certified cleanroom facility accredited to ISO 9001 and ISO 14001. Every batch is traceable from raw material to finished product. Like every supplement Nutri Tailor stocks, it is practitioner grade and guaranteed additive free.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEchinacea angustifolia or purpurea, root or leaf?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Echinacea purpurea is the common species in supplements and is usually made from the whole plant or the parts above ground. The angustifolia species has the longer traditional record, with the root as the traditional preparation. This liquid is a root tincture of angustifolia, for people who want the traditional species and part of the plant in a liquid.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much echinacea should I take a day?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Take 30 drops once a day, which is 1ml and about 200mg of root. For a short course, 30 drops up to three times a day.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhen is the best time to take echinacea?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e With or just after food, at any time of day. If you take it three times a day, spread it across meals.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I take it with other supplements?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Yes. In winter it is often taken alongside Vitamin C Ascorbic Acid Powder plus Zinc Picolinate Capsules, which both contribute to the normal function of the immune system.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy does my tongue tingle?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e A mild tingle on the tongue is normal with echinacea root. It comes from the alkylamides in the root and soon passes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy drops rather than capsules?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e You can adjust the amount a few drops at a time, which you cannot do with a capsule. A liquid also suits anyone who finds capsules hard to swallow, while a tincture is the traditional way to take a herb.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDelivery and returns\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder before 2pm Monday to Friday and your drops are dispatched the same day from the UK. Standard UK delivery by Royal Mail Tracked 48 takes 2 to 4 working days and costs £3.35, or it is free when you spend £35 or more. Faster delivery is available at checkout. Nutri Tailor also ships worldwide, with duties and taxes shown before you pay. You can return unopened items within 30 days of delivery. New customers get 10% off their first order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Nutri Tailor\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNutri Tailor is rated 4.6 out of 5, \"Excellent\", on Trustpilot. Every supplement is chosen by experienced nutritional therapists. Kasia Key, Registered Associate Nutritionist, says: \"I use Nutri Tailor for myself and my clients because you can be certain that their supplements are industry leading quality.\"\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSources\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe information on this page comes from the product label and the NIH National Center for Complementary and Integrative Health.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Metabolics","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45938852528402,"sku":"ECH100T","price":27.6,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0787\/9462\/1202\/files\/Echinacea_5c551e97-0b0a-4e4e-9ff2-a37133866a1a.jpg?v=1740700478"},{"product_id":"acetyl-l-carnitine","title":"Acetyl L-Carnitine Capsules","description":"\u003cp\u003eAcetyl L-Carnitine Capsules give you acetyl L-carnitine on its own, the form of carnitine that crosses into the brain. Each capsule provides 550mg and you take two capsules once a day before eating, which is 1,100mg. One pot holds 60 capsules, which is a 30 day supply.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eBenefits of taking acetyl L-carnitine\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCarnitine carries fats into the mitochondria to be burned for energy. The body makes it from the amino acids lysine and methionine, with meat the main food source. The acetyl form carries an extra acetyl group and is the form that crosses into the brain, which is why people interested in brain and nerve support choose it over plain L-carnitine.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEach capsule gives a fixed 550mg, so two capsules reach the 1,100mg amount in one go.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAcetyl L-carnitine crosses into the brain, which plain carnitine does less readily.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNothing else is in the capsule, so you can judge it on its own.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMorning dosing on an empty stomach suits it, because that is when absorption is best.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAcetyl L-Carnitine Capsules are most useful for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePeople who eat little meat and want this form rather than plain L-carnitine.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAnyone who takes it for brain and nerve support on practitioner advice.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThose who train and take two capsules an hour before a session.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor a sports training routine where carnitine tartrate is the usual form, Creatine Monohydrate Powder is the partner most people start with.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is in it\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach capsule provides 550mg of acetyl L-carnitine hydrochloride. There is nothing else in it apart from the vegetable capsule shell. ALCAR, ALC, acetylcarnitine and acetyl-L-carnitine hydrochloride are other names for it. There is no authorised health claim for carnitine, so Nutri Tailor describes it by what it contains.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to take it\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTake two capsules once a day before eating. An empty stomach improves absorption, while the morning suits it because it supports alertness through the day. If you take it around training, take two capsules about an hour before the session.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDiet and allergens\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe capsules are suitable for vegans and vegetarians. They are free from gluten, dairy and nuts. Anyone under 16 should not take them.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuality\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe capsules are made in the UK in a GMP certified cleanroom facility accredited to ISO 9001 and ISO 14001. Every batch is traceable from raw material to finished product. Like every supplement Nutri Tailor stocks, they are practitioner grade and guaranteed additive free.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAcetyl L-carnitine or L-carnitine tartrate?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Both supply carnitine, which carries fats into the mitochondria. L-carnitine tartrate is the form used in sports research and taken at gram amounts. Acetyl L-carnitine carries an acetyl group, crosses into the brain more readily and is the form used in research on memory, attention and nerves. Choose the tartrate for training and acetyl L-carnitine for brain and nerve support, or if you eat little meat and want the form that does both.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much acetyl L-carnitine should I take a day?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Take two capsules a day, which gives you 1,100mg. A pot of 60 lasts 30 days.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhen is the best time to take it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e In the morning before eating, or an hour before training. Taking it late in the day can keep some people alert when they want to wind down.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I take it with other supplements?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Yes. It works alongside Coenzyme Q10 Capsules and Acetyl CoA Support Formula Capsules, which support other stages of the same energy pathway. If you take a protein shake, take the capsules at a different time, because absorption is better away from protein.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes acetyl L-carnitine have side effects?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e It is well tolerated at these amounts. Some people notice a fishy body odour at high intakes, which two capsules a day is well below. If you take prescribed tablets, are pregnant or breastfeeding, speak to your GP or pharmacist first.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy capsules rather than tablets?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e A capsule is a cellulose shell around the powder, so it needs none of the binders or coating that hold a tablet together.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDelivery and returns\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder before 2pm Monday to Friday and your capsules are dispatched the same day from the UK. Standard UK delivery by Royal Mail Tracked 48 takes 2 to 4 working days and costs £3.35, or it is free when you spend £35 or more. Faster delivery is available at checkout. Nutri Tailor also ships worldwide, with duties and taxes shown before you pay. You can return unopened items within 30 days of delivery. New customers get 10% off their first order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Nutri Tailor\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNutri Tailor is rated 4.6 out of 5, \"Excellent\", on Trustpilot. Every supplement is chosen by experienced nutritional therapists. Kasia Key, Registered Associate Nutritionist, says: \"I use Nutri Tailor for myself and my clients because you can be certain that their supplements are industry leading quality.\"\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSources\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe information on this page draws on the product label and the NIH Office of Dietary Supplements.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Metabolics","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45938877726994,"sku":"ACETI60C","price":31.46,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0787\/9462\/1202\/files\/AcetylL-Carnitine_ada21b4c-1421-4775-8239-f78027670752.jpg?v=1740700425"},{"product_id":"motion-nutrition-power-up","title":"Power Up Capsules","description":"\u003cp\u003ePower Up Capsules by Motion Nutrition give you an 18 ingredient energy and focus formula with no caffeine. Active B vitamins, vitamin D3 from algae and iron sit alongside taurine, choline, tyrosine, acetyl-L-carnitine, Panax ginseng, gotu kola and lion's mane. You take two capsules once a day away from food, mid morning for most people. One pot holds 60 capsules, which is a 30 day supply.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eBenefits of taking Power Up\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMost morning formulas lean on caffeine. This one leans on the nutrients the body uses to release energy from food, with the B vitamins in their active forms, B6 as P5P, B12 as methylcobalamin and folate as methylfolate, so they need no conversion. Ginseng and gotu kola are the two plants most often taken alongside them.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTiredness and fatigue ease with the B vitamins and iron, which contribute to reducing them.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMental performance stays normal with the pantothenic acid, vitamin B5.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnergy gets released from food with the niacin, B6, B12, biotin and pantothenic acid that process uses.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThinking stays normal with the iron, which contributes to normal cognitive function.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMuscles and bones get the vitamin D3 they need, from algae rather than lanolin.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePower Up Capsules by Motion Nutrition are most useful for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePeople who want a morning lift without caffeine or the crash that follows it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAnyone whose work needs steady focus through the morning rather than a short burst.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVegans, because the vitamin D3 comes from algae and every ingredient is plant based.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf you want creatine alongside it, Creatine Monohydrate Powder gives a measured daily amount to mix into water.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is in it\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTwo capsules provide vitamin D3 25mcg from algae, niacin 50mg, vitamin B6 18mg as P5P, folate as methylfolate at 100% of the daily reference value, vitamin B12 400mcg as methylcobalamin, biotin 400mcg, pantothenic acid 10mg, iron 20mg as bisglycinate, manganese 3mg and boron 2mg.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThey also provide taurine 200mg, acetyl-L-carnitine 100mg, tyrosine 100mg, Korean Panax ginseng extract 100mg at 4 to 1, lion's mane extract 67mg at 10 to 1, choline 41mg, gotu kola extract 25mg at 4 to 1 and piperine 2.5mg. The capsule shell is vegetable cellulose.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to take it\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTake two capsules once a day away from food. Mid morning on an empty stomach works well for most people, because it helps the amino acids and plant extracts absorb. If it unsettles your stomach, take it with a light snack instead. Avoid taking it in the evening, because the ginseng, tyrosine and B vitamins can keep you awake.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDiet and allergens\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe capsules are suitable for vegans and vegetarians. They are free from gluten, dairy and nuts. Anyone under 16 should not take them.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuality\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe capsules are made in the UK. Like every supplement Nutri Tailor stocks, they are practitioner grade and guaranteed additive free.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow is this different from caffeine?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Caffeine blocks the signal that tells you that you are tired. The B vitamins and iron in Power Up contribute to reducing tiredness and fatigue, so the lift comes from nutrients your body uses to make energy rather than from masking the signal.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many capsules should I take a day?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Take two capsules once a day. Two is a full serving of every ingredient, so there is no need to take more.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhen is the best time to take Power Up?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Mid morning on an empty stomach. Morning is the right end of the day for it, because several of the ingredients are stimulating.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I take it with coffee?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Yes. The two do different jobs, so a morning coffee alongside it is fine.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I take it with other supplements?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Yes. Two capsules give 20mg of iron, so if you already take iron or a multivitamin with iron, add the totals before combining them. It pairs well with Creatine Monohydrate Powder for anyone who trains.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes Power Up have side effects?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e On an empty stomach the iron can cause nausea in some people, which a light snack avoids. The iron is bisglycinate, the gentlest form. Taken late in the day it can disturb sleep, so keep it to the morning.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDelivery and returns\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder before 2pm Monday to Friday and your capsules are dispatched the same day from the UK. Standard UK delivery by Royal Mail Tracked 48 takes 2 to 4 working days and costs £3.35, or it is free when you spend £35 or more. Faster delivery is available at checkout. Nutri Tailor also ships worldwide, with duties and taxes shown before you pay. You can return unopened items within 30 days of delivery. New customers get 10% off their first order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Nutri Tailor\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNutri Tailor is rated 4.6 out of 5, \"Excellent\", on Trustpilot. Every supplement is chosen by experienced nutritional therapists. Kasia Key, Registered Associate Nutritionist, says: \"I use Nutri Tailor for myself and my clients because you can be certain that their supplements are industry leading quality.\"\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSources\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe information on this page draws on the product label and the European Food Safety Authority.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Motion Nutrition","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45939072696594,"sku":"PU60","price":27.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0787\/9462\/1202\/files\/Render_Mockup_4000_4000_2025-09-05_5.jpg?v=1757061970"},{"product_id":"motion-nutrition-bcaas","title":"BCAAs Capsules","description":"\u003cp\u003eBCAAs Capsules by Motion Nutrition give you the three branched chain amino acids, leucine, isoleucine and valine, with a resveratrol extract. Four capsules provide 1,200mg of leucine, 600mg of isoleucine, 600mg of valine and 200mg of resveratrol extract. You take two to four capsules a day, 20 to 30 minutes before exercise, depending on your bodyweight. One pot holds 120 capsules.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eBenefits of taking BCAAs\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLeucine, isoleucine and valine are three of the nine essential amino acids, the ones muscle uses directly. Together they make up about a third of muscle protein. They are the amino acids most taken around training. A complete protein such as whey or pea supplies all nine, BCAAs included, so these capsules are for the times when a shake is not what you want.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLeucine arrives at 1,200mg in four capsules, with isoleucine and valine at 600mg each, the 2:1:1 ratio.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eResveratrol extract comes alongside at 200mg in four capsules.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBodyweight sets the amount, so lighter people take two capsules and heavier people take four.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTraining fasted or on a lower protein diet is where the capsules fit, because they supply the three amino acids without the calories of a shake.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBCAAs Capsules by Motion Nutrition are most useful for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePeople who train fasted and want the three amino acids before a session.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAnyone on a lower protein diet who wants BCAAs without a shake.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThose who want capsules rather than a flavoured powder.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf you already drink a protein shake, Unflavoured Whey Protein Isolate Powder supplies all nine essential amino acids, BCAAs included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is in it\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFour capsules provide 1,200mg of L-leucine, 600mg of L-isoleucine, 600mg of L-valine and 200mg of resveratrol extract, in capsule form. Branched chain amino acids, BCAA 2:1:1 and leucine isoleucine valine are other names for them. There is no authorised health claim for BCAAs, so Nutri Tailor describes them by what they contain.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to take it\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTake two to four capsules a day, 20 to 30 minutes before exercise. If you weigh under 70kg, two capsules is the usual amount, while at 70kg or above you take four. Under 70kg on a lower protein diet, four may suit you better. On rest days they are not needed unless you are eating less than usual or little protein.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDiet and allergens\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe capsules are suitable for vegans and vegetarians. They are free from gluten, dairy and nuts. Anyone under 16 should not take them.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuality\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe capsules are made in the UK. Like every supplement Nutri Tailor stocks, they are practitioner grade and guaranteed additive free.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBCAAs or a complete protein?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Branched chain amino acids are three of the nine essential amino acids, the ones muscle uses directly. A complete protein such as whey or pea supplies all nine, BCAAs included, so if you already eat or drink enough protein you get them that way. The capsules suit people who train fasted, who are on a low protein diet, or who want the three amino acids without the calories of a shake.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many capsules should I take?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Two if you weigh under 70kg, four if you weigh 70kg or more, taken 20 to 30 minutes before exercise. A pot of 120 lasts 30 days at four a day or 60 days at two.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhen is the best time to take them?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Twenty to thirty minutes before exercise, so the amino acids are available during the session. They are not needed on rest days unless you are in a calorie deficit or eating little protein.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy is resveratrol in the formula?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Resveratrol is a plant compound found in grape skins and Japanese knotweed. The formula includes 200mg of the extract in four capsules. It carries no authorised health claim, so Nutri Tailor lists it rather than promising an outcome from it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I take them with other supplements?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Yes. They are often taken alongside Creatine Monohydrate Powder, which has an authorised claim for performance in short bursts of high intensity exercise at 3g a day.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo BCAAs have side effects?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e They are well tolerated at four capsules a day. If you take prescribed tablets, are pregnant or breastfeeding, speak to your GP or pharmacist first.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDelivery and returns\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder before 2pm Monday to Friday and your capsules are dispatched the same day from the UK. Standard UK delivery by Royal Mail Tracked 48 takes 2 to 4 working days and costs £3.35, or it is free when you spend £35 or more. Faster delivery is available at checkout. Nutri Tailor also ships worldwide, with duties and taxes shown before you pay. You can return unopened items within 30 days of delivery. New customers get 10% off their first order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Nutri Tailor\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNutri Tailor is rated 4.6 out of 5, \"Excellent\", on Trustpilot. Every supplement is chosen by experienced nutritional therapists. Kasia Key, Registered Associate Nutritionist, says: \"I use Nutri Tailor for myself and my clients because you can be certain that their supplements are industry leading quality.\"\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSources\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe information on this page comes from the product label.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Motion Nutrition","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45939360596242,"sku":"BCAA120C","price":29.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0787\/9462\/1202\/files\/Render_Mockup_4000_4000_2025-09-05_8.jpg?v=1757061970"},{"product_id":"motion-nutrition-creatine","title":"Creatine Capsules","description":"\u003cp\u003eCreatine Capsules by Motion Nutrition give you 3g of creatine monohydrate a day in four capsules, with bilberry, ginkgo and the active B vitamins alongside it. They are creatine for people who prefer a capsule to a powder. One pot holds 120 capsules, which is a 30 day supply.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eBenefits of taking creatine\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCreatine is stored in your muscles and powers short, hard efforts. Taking 3g a day keeps those stores full, which is where the benefit comes from.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePerformance in short, high intensity bursts goes up, which is what creatine is best known for.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStrength and power build as your muscle creatine stores fill over three to four weeks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnergy levels pick up as tiredness and fatigue ease, with the B vitamins doing that part.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFocus and mental energy get support from the ginkgo, bilberry and B vitamins.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCreatine Capsules by Motion Nutrition are most useful for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGym goers and runners who want creatine without mixing a powder, since four capsules give a measured 3g.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePeople who want creatine and the brain nutrients in one product.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAnyone who takes creatine for focus and mental energy as well as strength.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThose who want a smaller daily amount they can take anywhere.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf you want a larger dose at lower cost, Creatine Monohydrate Powder gives you creatine on its own.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is in it\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFour capsules provide 3g of creatine monohydrate, 152mg of bilberry, 120mg of ginkgo biloba extract, 4mg of biotin, 400mcg of vitamin B12 as methylcobalamin and 800mcg of folate as methylfolate. The B12 and folate are the active forms, so your body can use them without conversion. Creatine pills and creatine tablets are other names for creatine capsules.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to take it\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTake four capsules once a day with breakfast, or split them into two capsules with each of two meals. Taking it every day matters more than the timing, because the benefit comes from keeping your muscle stores full. For sporting or mental performance, take four capsules 30 minutes before exercise if you weigh under 70kg, or six if you weigh 70kg or more.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDiet and allergens\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe capsules are suitable for vegans and vegetarians. They are free from gluten, dairy and nuts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuality\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe capsules are made in the UK. Like every supplement Nutri Tailor stocks, they are practitioner grade and guaranteed additive free.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this creatine monohydrate and why capsules rather than powder?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Yes, the creatine is creatine monohydrate, the form used in most of the research. Capsules give you a fixed, measured dose with no mixing, while powder gives a larger dose per serving at lower cost.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much creatine should I take a day?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Take four capsules a day, which gives you 3g of creatine. For performance, people under 70kg often take four before exercise and those of 70kg and above take six.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhen is the best time to take creatine?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Take it with breakfast as a habit. On training days many people take it around 30 minutes before exercise, but daily consistency matters more than exact timing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I take it with other supplements?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Yes. It can be taken alongside Unflavoured Whey Protein Isolate Powder, which gives your muscles the protein they need to grow and stay strong.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo I need a loading phase?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e No. At 3g a day your muscle creatine stores fill naturally over about three to four weeks, with no high dose loading needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs creatine only for athletes?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e No. Alongside strength and power, creatine is taken for focus and mental energy, which is why this product adds ginkgo, bilberry and the active B vitamins.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDelivery and returns\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder before 2pm Monday to Friday and your capsules are dispatched the same day from the UK. Standard UK delivery by Royal Mail Tracked 48 takes 2 to 4 working days and costs £3.35, or it is free when you spend £35 or more. Faster delivery is available at checkout. Nutri Tailor also ships worldwide, with duties and taxes shown before you pay. You can return unopened items within 30 days of delivery. New customers get 10% off their first order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Nutri Tailor\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNutri Tailor is rated 4.6 out of 5, \"Excellent\", on Trustpilot. Every supplement is chosen by experienced nutritional therapists. Kasia Key, Registered Associate Nutritionist, says: \"I use Nutri Tailor for myself and my clients because you can be certain that their supplements are industry leading quality.\"\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSources\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe information on this page draws on the International Society of Sports Nutrition and the European Food Safety Authority.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Motion Nutrition","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45939363053842,"sku":"BBCR120C","price":27.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0787\/9462\/1202\/files\/Render_Mockup_4000_4000_2025-09-05.jpg?v=1757011892"},{"product_id":"glutamine","title":"L-Glutamine Capsules","description":"\u003cp\u003eL-Glutamine Capsules give you the amino acid the gut lining uses as fuel, on its own. Each capsule provides 400mg of L-glutamine and you take two capsules three times a day before meals. One pot holds 100 capsules, which lasts about 16 days at that amount.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eBenefits of taking L-glutamine\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGlutamine is the most abundant amino acid in your body and the main fuel for the cells that line your gut and for immune cells. Your body makes it, but demand rises under stress, after illness and after hard training, which is when people top it up.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eYour gut lining gets the fuel its cells run on.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eImmune cells get the amino acid they use most.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRecovery after hard training gets a steady supply of glutamine.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDaily amounts build up across meals, two capsules at a time.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eL-Glutamine Capsules are most useful for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePeople taking glutamine for gut support, who want it to reach the gut lining before food arrives.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAnyone recovering from illness or a hard block of training, when demand for glutamine rises.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThose who want to build a moderate daily amount across meals without measuring powder.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is in it\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach capsule provides 400mg of L-glutamine. There is nothing else in it apart from the vegetable capsule shell. Free form L-glutamine and Gln are other names for it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to take it\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTake two capsules three times a day, 20 to 30 minutes before eating, so the glutamine reaches the gut lining before food arrives. For sports recovery take four capsules twice a day, one dose after exercise and the other before a meal, which gives 3,200mg a day.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDiet and allergens\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe capsules are suitable for vegans and vegetarians. They are free from gluten, dairy and nuts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuality\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe capsules are made in the UK in a GMP certified cleanroom facility accredited to ISO 9001 and ISO 14001. Every batch is traceable from raw material to finished product. Like every supplement Nutri Tailor stocks, they are practitioner grade and guaranteed additive free.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs glutamine the same as glutamate?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e No. L-glutamine is the amino acid, while glutamate is a different compound and the flavouring in monosodium glutamate, so the two are not interchangeable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much glutamine should I take a day?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Take two capsules three times a day, which gives you 2,400mg. For sports recovery, four capsules twice a day gives 3,200mg.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhen is the best time to take glutamine?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Twenty to thirty minutes before meals, so it reaches the gut lining first. After exercise is the other time, if you take it for recovery.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I take it with other supplements?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Yes. For the gut it is often taken as part of a wider routine with a probiotic such as Combocillus Probiotic Capsules. Recovery is where it sits alongside Unflavoured Whey Protein Isolate Powder, which gives your muscles the protein they need to grow and stay strong.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes glutamine have side effects?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Glutamine is an amino acid your body makes and is well tolerated at these amounts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCapsules or powder?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Powder is the cheaper way to take the 5g and upward amounts used in gut and recovery routines. These capsules give 400mg each, which suits people building a moderate amount across meals without measuring.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDelivery and returns\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder before 2pm Monday to Friday and your capsules are dispatched the same day from the UK. Standard UK delivery by Royal Mail Tracked 48 takes 2 to 4 working days and costs £3.35, or it is free when you spend £35 or more. Faster delivery is available at checkout. Nutri Tailor also ships worldwide, with duties and taxes shown before you pay. You can return unopened items within 30 days of delivery. New customers get 10% off their first order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Nutri Tailor\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNutri Tailor is rated 4.6 out of 5, \"Excellent\", on Trustpilot. Every supplement is chosen by experienced nutritional therapists. Kasia Key, Registered Associate Nutritionist, says: \"I use Nutri Tailor for myself and my clients because you can be certain that their supplements are industry leading quality.\"\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSources\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe information on this page draws on the NIH Office of Dietary Supplements and the European Food Safety Authority.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Metabolics","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46517201699090,"sku":"GLTAM100C","price":23.28,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0787\/9462\/1202\/files\/Glutamine_3d64df94-e7e7-4c31-a633-e35136a4d33f.jpg?v=1740700240"},{"product_id":"turmeric-piperine","title":"Turmeric and Piperine Capsules","description":"\u003cp\u003eTurmeric and Piperine Capsules give you turmeric extract standardised to 95% curcuminoids, with piperine from black pepper to help it absorb. Each capsule provides 333mg of turmeric extract and 7mg of piperine, with three capsules taken once a day with dinner. One pot holds 90 capsules, which is a 30 day supply.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eBenefits of taking turmeric and piperine\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTurmeric has been used in food and traditional practice for centuries, with curcumin the compound behind most of the interest in it. Ground turmeric is about 3% curcuminoids, so a spoonful in cooking gives a small and variable amount. Curcumin also absorbs poorly on its own, which is why piperine is included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCurcuminoids arrive at about 950mg a day from three capsules, far more than cooking provides.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePiperine raises how much curcumin the body absorbs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEach capsule gives the same standardised amount, so the dose is known.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTaking it with dinner adds the fat that helps curcumin absorb further.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTurmeric and Piperine Capsules are most useful for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePeople who want turmeric at a strength food cannot provide.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAnyone who has tried ground turmeric and wants a measured, standardised amount instead.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThose who want the simplest absorption aid, piperine, rather than a branded carrier at a higher price.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf you want a smaller amount of turmeric inside a wider mix, Antioxidant Formula Capsules give 62.5mg of turmeric extract in each capsule.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is in it\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach capsule provides 333mg of turmeric extract standardised to 95% curcuminoids and 7mg of piperine. There is nothing else in it apart from the vegetable capsule shell. Curcuma longa extract, curcumin with piperine and turmeric with black pepper are other names for it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to take it\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTake three capsules once a day with dinner. Curcumin is fat soluble, so a meal that contains some fat improves absorption beyond what piperine alone provides. If you prefer, take one capsule with breakfast and two with dinner, which keeps levels steadier through the day. Allow four to eight weeks of daily use before you judge it. Stop taking it one to two weeks before any planned surgery, because at these amounts it can increase bleeding.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDiet and allergens\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe capsules are suitable for vegans and vegetarians. They are free from gluten, dairy and nuts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuality\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe capsules are made in the UK in a GMP certified cleanroom facility accredited to ISO 9001 and ISO 14001. Every batch is traceable from raw material to finished product. Like every supplement Nutri Tailor stocks, they are practitioner grade and guaranteed additive free.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTurmeric extract with piperine, ground turmeric or a branded curcumin?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Ground turmeric is about 3% curcuminoids, so a kitchen spoonful gives a small amount that varies by batch. This extract is standardised to 95% curcuminoids, giving 333mg per capsule with 7mg of piperine to raise absorption. Branded curcumin forms use fats or other carriers to do the same job at a higher price. Choose this one for a high curcuminoid amount with the simplest absorption aid.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much turmeric should I take a day?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Take three capsules a day, which gives you about 1g of turmeric extract and 21mg of piperine.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhen is the best time to take turmeric?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e With dinner, because the fat in a main meal helps curcumin absorb. Splitting it as one capsule with breakfast and two with dinner also works.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I take it with other supplements?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Yes. It is often taken alongside Omega 3 Fish Oil Softgels, which supply the fats that help curcumin absorb. Count the turmeric in Antioxidant Formula Capsules if you take both.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow long does turmeric take to work?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Allow four to eight weeks of daily use before you judge it. Curcuminoids build their effect over weeks rather than hours.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes turmeric have side effects?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Taken with food it is well tolerated. At these amounts it can increase bleeding, so stop one to two weeks before surgery, while piperine can change how the body handles some prescribed tablets. Speak to your prescriber before starting if you take any.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDelivery and returns\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder before 2pm Monday to Friday and your capsules are dispatched the same day from the UK. Standard UK delivery by Royal Mail Tracked 48 takes 2 to 4 working days and costs £3.35, or it is free when you spend £35 or more. Faster delivery is available at checkout. Nutri Tailor also ships worldwide, with duties and taxes shown before you pay. You can return unopened items within 30 days of delivery. New customers get 10% off their first order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Nutri Tailor\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNutri Tailor is rated 4.6 out of 5, \"Excellent\", on Trustpilot. Every supplement is chosen by experienced nutritional therapists. Kasia Key, Registered Associate Nutritionist, says: \"I use Nutri Tailor for myself and my clients because you can be certain that their supplements are industry leading quality.\"\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSources\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe information on this page comes from the product label and the NIH National Center for Complementary and Integrative Health.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Metabolics","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46517228208402,"sku":"TURPIP90C","price":32.52,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0787\/9462\/1202\/files\/Turmeric_Piperine_3705aa15-7523-451a-a17b-1f2def48578c.jpg?v=1740700215"},{"product_id":"combocillus","title":"Combocillus Probiotic Capsules","description":"\u003cp\u003eCombocillus Probiotic Capsules give you seven probiotic strains in one daily capsule, four Lactobacillus and three Bifidobacterium, each identified by its culture collection number. Each capsule provides 415mg of the blend at 10 billion colony forming units per gram, which is about 4 billion in a capsule. You take one a day before food. One pot holds 90 capsules, which is a 90 day supply.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eBenefits of taking Combocillus\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLactobacillus and Bifidobacterium are the species most often used in probiotic supplements. A blend of seven covers more of the gut than a single strain, which is why most people start with one. Taken before breakfast, the bacteria pass through the stomach while acid is lowest, so more of them reach the intestine.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSeven strains arrive in one capsule, so there is no need to buy several single strain products.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEach strain is named by its culture collection number, so you know exactly which bacteria you are taking.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDaily use builds a steadier gut environment than an occasional large dose.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOne capsule a day covers three months from one pot.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCombocillus Probiotic Capsules are most useful for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePeople who want a broad daily probiotic rather than a single strain.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAnyone finishing a course of antibiotics who wants to restock the gut afterwards.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThose building a gut routine with enzymes at meals and a probiotic before them.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf you have been advised one strain specifically, Lactobacillus Rhamnosus Powder gives that strain alone, as a powder.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is in it\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach capsule provides 415mg of the Combocillus blend at 10 billion colony forming units per gram: Lactobacillus bulgaricus LMG 27274, Lactobacillus acidophilus LMG 8151, Lactobacillus rhamnosus LMG 25626, Lactobacillus casei LMG 6904, Lactobacillus plantarum LMG 26367, Bifidobacterium breve LMG 11613 and Bifidobacterium bifidum LMG 25628. The other ingredients are maltodextrin and the vegetable capsule shell. Multi strain probiotic and seven strain probiotic are other names for it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to take it\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTake one capsule once a day before food, ideally 20 to 30 minutes before breakfast with a glass of water. Consistency matters more than dose, so take it every day for several weeks rather than now and then.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDiet and allergens\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe capsules are suitable for vegans and vegetarians. They are free from gluten, dairy and nuts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuality\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe capsules are made in the UK in a GMP certified cleanroom facility accredited to ISO 9001 and ISO 14001. Every batch is traceable from raw material to finished product. Like every supplement Nutri Tailor stocks, they are practitioner grade and guaranteed additive free.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA multi strain probiotic or a single strain?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e A blend such as this gives seven species, each named by its culture collection number, so it covers more of the gut than any one strain. A single strain suits people advised to take that strain specifically or who want to test one at a time. Choose the blend for general daily use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many capsules should I take a day?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e One capsule a day before food is the full amount. More is not better with probiotics, while taking it every day is.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhen is the best time to take a probiotic?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Twenty to thirty minutes before breakfast, when stomach acid is at its lowest, so more of the bacteria survive the passage to the intestine.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I take it with antibiotics?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Yes, but space the two by two to three hours. Carry on with the probiotic for at least two weeks after the antibiotics finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow long does it take to work?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Most people notice a change within one to two weeks, with the fuller effect building over two to three months of daily use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I take it with other supplements?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Yes. It is often taken alongside Enzymase Digestive Enzyme Capsules at meals plus L-Glutamine Capsules before food, as a gut routine. Combocillus goes first thing, before any of them.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDelivery and returns\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder before 2pm Monday to Friday and your capsules are dispatched the same day from the UK. Standard UK delivery by Royal Mail Tracked 48 takes 2 to 4 working days and costs £3.35, or it is free when you spend £35 or more. Faster delivery is available at checkout. Nutri Tailor also ships worldwide, with duties and taxes shown before you pay. You can return unopened items within 30 days of delivery. New customers get 10% off their first order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Nutri Tailor\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNutri Tailor is rated 4.6 out of 5, \"Excellent\", on Trustpilot. Every supplement is chosen by experienced nutritional therapists. Kasia Key, Registered Associate Nutritionist, says: \"I use Nutri Tailor for myself and my clients because you can be certain that their supplements are industry leading quality.\"\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSources\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe information on this page comes from the product label.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Metabolics","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46517287682322,"sku":"COMBO90C","price":32.88,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0787\/9462\/1202\/files\/Combocillus_ca0c15a3-29d2-4296-ad42-d2f975f4658e.jpg?v=1740700111"},{"product_id":"activated-charcoal","title":"Activated Coconut Charcoal Capsules","description":"\u003cp\u003eActivated Coconut Charcoal Capsules give you activated charcoal from coconut shell, on its own. Each capsule provides 350mg and you take one to two between meals, up to three times a day, at least two hours away from food, other supplements and prescribed tablets. One pot holds 100 capsules, which covers several short courses.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eBenefits of taking activated charcoal\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eActivated charcoal is carbon processed to have a very large surface area, so it binds to compounds it meets in the gut and carries them out of the body. It binds nutrients and anything else taken at the same time too, which is why the timing matters more than with any other supplement.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGas and unwanted compounds in the gut get bound and carried out.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCoconut shell gives a fine, consistent charcoal, which is why it is the usual choice for supplements.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEach capsule gives a measured 350mg with none of the mess of powder.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShort courses are easy, because you take it only when you need it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eActivated Coconut Charcoal Capsules are most useful for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePeople who use charcoal in short courses rather than every day.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAnyone following a staged gut routine, where charcoal is taken between meals to bind what the other steps release.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThose who have tried charcoal powder and want a measured amount without the staining.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCharcoal is the usual partner for Fungalite Phase I Capsules, taken two hours apart from them.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is in it\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach capsule provides 350mg of activated coconut charcoal. There is nothing else in it apart from the vegetable capsule shell. Activated carbon and coconut shell charcoal are other names for it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to take it\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTake one to two capsules between meals, up to three times a day. Always leave at least two hours either side of food, other supplements and prescribed tablets, because charcoal binds whatever is in the gut with it. Use the lowest amount that works for you and drink plenty of water through the day, because charcoal can be constipating.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDiet and allergens\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe capsules are suitable for vegans and vegetarians. They are free from gluten, dairy and nuts. Anyone under 16 should not take them.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuality\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe capsules are made in the UK in a GMP certified cleanroom facility accredited to ISO 9001 and ISO 14001. Every batch is traceable from raw material to finished product. Like every supplement Nutri Tailor stocks, they are practitioner grade and guaranteed additive free.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCoconut charcoal or hardwood charcoal, capsules or powder?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Both are carbon treated to have a very large surface area. Coconut shell is the usual choice for supplements because it gives a fine, consistent product. Powder is messy and stains, while capsules deliver a measured 350mg with none of that.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many capsules should I take?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e One or two between meals, up to three times a day. Start with one and use the lowest amount that does the job.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhen is the best time to take charcoal?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Between meals, at least two hours away from food, other supplements and any prescribed tablets. Mid morning, mid afternoon and bedtime are the usual slots.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I take it with other supplements?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Not at the same time as anything else. Charcoal binds whatever it meets, so take it two hours apart from everything else, including Fungalite Phase I Capsules if you take the two together as a routine.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes charcoal have side effects?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e It can be constipating, which the lowest amount and plenty of water help with. Black stools are normal with charcoal and nothing to worry about. If you take prescribed tablets, speak to your GP or pharmacist first, because charcoal can stop them being absorbed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy capsules rather than tablets?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e A capsule is a cellulose shell around the powder, so it needs none of the binders or coating that hold a tablet together.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDelivery and returns\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder before 2pm Monday to Friday and your capsules are dispatched the same day from the UK. Standard UK delivery by Royal Mail Tracked 48 takes 2 to 4 working days and costs £3.35, or it is free when you spend £35 or more. Faster delivery is available at checkout. Nutri Tailor also ships worldwide, with duties and taxes shown before you pay. You can return unopened items within 30 days of delivery. New customers get 10% off their first order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Nutri Tailor\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNutri Tailor is rated 4.6 out of 5, \"Excellent\", on Trustpilot. Every supplement is chosen by experienced nutritional therapists. Kasia Key, Registered Associate Nutritionist, says: \"I use Nutri Tailor for myself and my clients because you can be certain that their supplements are industry leading quality.\"\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSources\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe information on this page comes from the product label.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Metabolics","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46517292335378,"sku":"ACC100C","price":22.57,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0787\/9462\/1202\/files\/ActivatedCoconutCharcoal_cbe4038a-0881-4809-93a3-366b86559f8d.jpg?v=1740700084"},{"product_id":"arthrolite","title":"Arthrolite Capsules","description":"\u003cp\u003eArthrolite Capsules give you turmeric extract, ginger extract and marine pine bark extract with piperine in one capsule, each extract standardised so every capsule carries the same amount. Each capsule provides 250mg of turmeric extract, 200mg of ginger extract, 40mg of marine pine bark extract and 5mg of piperine. You take one or two capsules a day with meals. One pot holds 60 capsules.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eBenefits of taking Arthrolite\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTurmeric, ginger and pine bark are three of the most used plant extracts in practitioner formulas, which is why they are usually taken together. The turmeric is standardised to 95% curcuminoids, the ginger to 5% gingerols and the pine bark to 95% OPCs, so the amounts are known rather than guessed. Piperine from black pepper is included because curcumin absorbs poorly on its own.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTurmeric extract arrives at 250mg, standardised to 95% curcuminoids.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGinger extract comes at 200mg, standardised to 5% gingerols.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMarine pine bark adds 40mg at 95% OPCs, the plant compounds it is known for.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePiperine at 5mg is there to help the curcumin absorb.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOne capsule replaces three separate pots.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eArthrolite Capsules are most useful for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePeople whose practitioner has suggested turmeric, ginger and pine bark together.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAnyone who wants the three extracts in one capsule rather than three.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThose who want standardised extracts with stated amounts.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf you want turmeric and piperine on their own, Turmeric and Piperine Capsules give the pair without the ginger and pine bark.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is in it\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach capsule provides 250mg of turmeric extract at 95% curcuminoids, 200mg of ginger extract at 5% gingerols, 40mg of marine pine bark extract at 95% OPCs and 5mg of piperine. There is nothing else in it apart from the vegetable capsule shell.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThere is no authorised health claim for any of the four ingredients, so Nutri Tailor describes the formula by what it contains.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to take it\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTake one or two capsules a day with meals, either together or one with each of two meals. A meal that contains some fat helps the curcumin absorb. Piperine can change how some prescribed tablets are processed, so anyone on prescribed tablets, or in doubt, speaks to a GP or pharmacist first.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDiet and allergens\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe capsules are suitable for vegans and vegetarians. They are free from gluten, dairy and nuts. Anyone under 16 should not take them.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuality\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe capsules are made in the UK in a GMP certified cleanroom facility accredited to ISO 9001 and ISO 14001. Every batch is traceable from raw material to finished product. Like every supplement Nutri Tailor stocks, they are practitioner grade and guaranteed additive free.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow is Arthrolite taken?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e One or two capsules a day with meals. Two can be taken together with one meal or split across two meals. A pot of 60 lasts two months at one a day or one month at two.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat does standardised mean?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e The extract is made to a set strength, so each capsule carries the same amount of the compound the plant is known for. Here that is 95% curcuminoids in the turmeric, 5% gingerols in the ginger and 95% OPCs in the pine bark.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy is piperine included?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Curcumin, the main compound in turmeric, absorbs poorly on its own. Piperine from black pepper is the usual partner for it in practitioner formulas, at 5mg here.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I take it with prescribed tablets?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Check with your GP or pharmacist first. Piperine can change how some prescribed tablets are processed, so anyone on prescribed tablets, or in doubt, speaks to a GP or pharmacist first.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I take it with other supplements?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Yes. It is often taken alongside Omega 3 Fish Oil Softgels, which supply the fat that helps the curcumin absorb when taken at the same meal.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy capsules rather than tablets?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e A capsule is a cellulose shell around the powder, so it needs none of the binders or coating that hold a tablet together.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDelivery and returns\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder before 2pm Monday to Friday and your capsules are dispatched the same day from the UK. Standard UK delivery by Royal Mail Tracked 48 takes 2 to 4 working days and costs £3.35, or it is free when you spend £35 or more. Faster delivery is available at checkout. Nutri Tailor also ships worldwide, with duties and taxes shown before you pay. You can return unopened items within 30 days of delivery. New customers get 10% off their first order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Nutri Tailor\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNutri Tailor is rated 4.6 out of 5, \"Excellent\", on Trustpilot. Every supplement is chosen by experienced nutritional therapists. Kasia Key, Registered Associate Nutritionist, says: \"I use Nutri Tailor for myself and my clients because you can be certain that their supplements are industry leading quality.\"\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSources\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe information on this page comes from the product label.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Metabolics","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46639235367186,"sku":"ARTH060C","price":34.19,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0787\/9462\/1202\/files\/Arthrolite_15606a89-e3dd-41b8-9187-40ce9384813c.jpg?v=1740699870"}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0787\/9462\/1202\/collections\/Fish_Oil_Capsules_Marble_1_03371eb5-a35d-47d0-a82a-a159c7c3fa98.jpg?v=1788684842","url":"https:\/\/nutritailor.co.uk\/collections\/vegan-supplements.oembed?page=3","provider":"Nutri Tailor","version":"1.0","type":"link"}